1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Expand the basic unary and binary arithmetic operations, for GNU compiler.
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 92-98, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This file is part of GNU CC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GNU CC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
|
|
|
|
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
|
|
|
|
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
|
|
|
|
any later version.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GNU CC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
|
|
|
|
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
|
|
|
|
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
|
|
|
|
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
|
|
|
|
along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
|
|
|
|
|
the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
|
|
|
|
|
Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#include "config.h"
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
#include "system.h"
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
#include "toplev.h"
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Include insn-config.h before expr.h so that HAVE_conditional_move
|
|
|
|
|
is properly defined. */
|
|
|
|
|
#include "insn-config.h"
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
#include "rtl.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "tree.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "flags.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "insn-flags.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "insn-codes.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "expr.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "recog.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "reload.h"
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Each optab contains info on how this target machine
|
|
|
|
|
can perform a particular operation
|
|
|
|
|
for all sizes and kinds of operands.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The operation to be performed is often specified
|
|
|
|
|
by passing one of these optabs as an argument.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See expr.h for documentation of these optabs. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
optab add_optab;
|
|
|
|
|
optab sub_optab;
|
|
|
|
|
optab smul_optab;
|
|
|
|
|
optab smul_highpart_optab;
|
|
|
|
|
optab umul_highpart_optab;
|
|
|
|
|
optab smul_widen_optab;
|
|
|
|
|
optab umul_widen_optab;
|
|
|
|
|
optab sdiv_optab;
|
|
|
|
|
optab sdivmod_optab;
|
|
|
|
|
optab udiv_optab;
|
|
|
|
|
optab udivmod_optab;
|
|
|
|
|
optab smod_optab;
|
|
|
|
|
optab umod_optab;
|
|
|
|
|
optab flodiv_optab;
|
|
|
|
|
optab ftrunc_optab;
|
|
|
|
|
optab and_optab;
|
|
|
|
|
optab ior_optab;
|
|
|
|
|
optab xor_optab;
|
|
|
|
|
optab ashl_optab;
|
|
|
|
|
optab lshr_optab;
|
|
|
|
|
optab ashr_optab;
|
|
|
|
|
optab rotl_optab;
|
|
|
|
|
optab rotr_optab;
|
|
|
|
|
optab smin_optab;
|
|
|
|
|
optab smax_optab;
|
|
|
|
|
optab umin_optab;
|
|
|
|
|
optab umax_optab;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
optab mov_optab;
|
|
|
|
|
optab movstrict_optab;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
optab neg_optab;
|
|
|
|
|
optab abs_optab;
|
|
|
|
|
optab one_cmpl_optab;
|
|
|
|
|
optab ffs_optab;
|
|
|
|
|
optab sqrt_optab;
|
|
|
|
|
optab sin_optab;
|
|
|
|
|
optab cos_optab;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
optab cmp_optab;
|
|
|
|
|
optab ucmp_optab; /* Used only for libcalls for unsigned comparisons. */
|
|
|
|
|
optab tst_optab;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
optab strlen_optab;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Tables of patterns for extending one integer mode to another. */
|
|
|
|
|
enum insn_code extendtab[MAX_MACHINE_MODE][MAX_MACHINE_MODE][2];
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Tables of patterns for converting between fixed and floating point. */
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
enum insn_code fixtab[NUM_MACHINE_MODES][NUM_MACHINE_MODES][2];
|
|
|
|
|
enum insn_code fixtrunctab[NUM_MACHINE_MODES][NUM_MACHINE_MODES][2];
|
|
|
|
|
enum insn_code floattab[NUM_MACHINE_MODES][NUM_MACHINE_MODES][2];
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Contains the optab used for each rtx code. */
|
|
|
|
|
optab code_to_optab[NUM_RTX_CODE + 1];
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* SYMBOL_REF rtx's for the library functions that are called
|
|
|
|
|
implicitly and not via optabs. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx extendsfdf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx extendsfxf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx extendsftf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx extenddfxf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx extenddftf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx truncdfsf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx truncxfsf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx trunctfsf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx truncxfdf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx trunctfdf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx memcpy_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx bcopy_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx memcmp_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx bcmp_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx memset_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx bzero_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx throw_libfunc;
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx rethrow_libfunc;
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx sjthrow_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx sjpopnthrow_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx terminate_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx setjmp_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx longjmp_libfunc;
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx eh_rtime_match_libfunc;
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx eqhf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx nehf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx gthf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx gehf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx lthf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx lehf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx eqsf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx nesf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx gtsf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx gesf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx ltsf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx lesf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx eqdf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx nedf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx gtdf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx gedf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx ltdf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx ledf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx eqxf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx nexf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx gtxf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx gexf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx ltxf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx lexf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx eqtf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx netf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx gttf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx getf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx lttf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx letf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx floatsisf_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx floatdisf_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx floattisf_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx floatsidf_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx floatdidf_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx floattidf_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx floatsixf_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx floatdixf_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx floattixf_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx floatsitf_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx floatditf_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx floattitf_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx fixsfsi_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx fixsfdi_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx fixsfti_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx fixdfsi_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx fixdfdi_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx fixdfti_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx fixxfsi_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx fixxfdi_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx fixxfti_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx fixtfsi_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx fixtfdi_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx fixtfti_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx fixunssfsi_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx fixunssfdi_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx fixunssfti_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx fixunsdfsi_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx fixunsdfdi_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx fixunsdfti_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx fixunsxfsi_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx fixunsxfdi_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx fixunsxfti_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx fixunstfsi_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx fixunstfdi_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx fixunstfti_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx chkr_check_addr_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx chkr_set_right_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx chkr_copy_bitmap_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx chkr_check_exec_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx chkr_check_str_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx profile_function_entry_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx profile_function_exit_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Indexed by the rtx-code for a conditional (eg. EQ, LT,...)
|
|
|
|
|
gives the gen_function to make a branch to test that condition. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtxfun bcc_gen_fctn[NUM_RTX_CODE];
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Indexed by the rtx-code for a conditional (eg. EQ, LT,...)
|
|
|
|
|
gives the insn code to make a store-condition insn
|
|
|
|
|
to test that condition. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
enum insn_code setcc_gen_code[NUM_RTX_CODE];
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_conditional_move
|
|
|
|
|
/* Indexed by the machine mode, gives the insn code to make a conditional
|
|
|
|
|
move insn. This is not indexed by the rtx-code like bcc_gen_fctn and
|
|
|
|
|
setcc_gen_code to cut down on the number of named patterns. Consider a day
|
|
|
|
|
when a lot more rtx codes are conditional (eg: for the ARM). */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
enum insn_code movcc_gen_code[NUM_MACHINE_MODES];
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int add_equal_note PROTO((rtx, rtx, enum rtx_code, rtx, rtx));
|
|
|
|
|
static rtx widen_operand PROTO((rtx, enum machine_mode,
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode, int, int));
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
static int expand_cmplxdiv_straight PROTO((rtx, rtx, rtx, rtx,
|
|
|
|
|
rtx, rtx, enum machine_mode,
|
|
|
|
|
int, enum optab_methods,
|
|
|
|
|
enum mode_class, optab));
|
|
|
|
|
static int expand_cmplxdiv_wide PROTO((rtx, rtx, rtx, rtx,
|
|
|
|
|
rtx, rtx, enum machine_mode,
|
|
|
|
|
int, enum optab_methods,
|
|
|
|
|
enum mode_class, optab));
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
static enum insn_code can_fix_p PROTO((enum machine_mode, enum machine_mode,
|
|
|
|
|
int, int *));
|
|
|
|
|
static enum insn_code can_float_p PROTO((enum machine_mode, enum machine_mode,
|
|
|
|
|
int));
|
|
|
|
|
static rtx ftruncify PROTO((rtx));
|
|
|
|
|
static optab init_optab PROTO((enum rtx_code));
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
static void init_libfuncs PROTO((optab, int, int, const char *, int));
|
|
|
|
|
static void init_integral_libfuncs PROTO((optab, const char *, int));
|
|
|
|
|
static void init_floating_libfuncs PROTO((optab, const char *, int));
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_conditional_trap
|
|
|
|
|
static void init_traps PROTO((void));
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Add a REG_EQUAL note to the last insn in SEQ. TARGET is being set to
|
|
|
|
|
the result of operation CODE applied to OP0 (and OP1 if it is a binary
|
|
|
|
|
operation).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the last insn does not set TARGET, don't do anything, but return 1.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If a previous insn sets TARGET and TARGET is one of OP0 or OP1,
|
|
|
|
|
don't add the REG_EQUAL note but return 0. Our caller can then try
|
|
|
|
|
again, ensuring that TARGET is not one of the operands. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int
|
|
|
|
|
add_equal_note (seq, target, code, op0, op1)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx seq;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx target;
|
|
|
|
|
enum rtx_code code;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx op0, op1;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx set;
|
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx note;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ((GET_RTX_CLASS (code) != '1' && GET_RTX_CLASS (code) != '2'
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_RTX_CLASS (code) != 'c' && GET_RTX_CLASS (code) != '<')
|
|
|
|
|
|| GET_CODE (seq) != SEQUENCE
|
|
|
|
|
|| (set = single_set (XVECEXP (seq, 0, XVECLEN (seq, 0) - 1))) == 0
|
|
|
|
|
|| GET_CODE (target) == ZERO_EXTRACT
|
|
|
|
|
|| (! rtx_equal_p (SET_DEST (set), target)
|
|
|
|
|
/* For a STRICT_LOW_PART, the REG_NOTE applies to what is inside the
|
|
|
|
|
SUBREG. */
|
|
|
|
|
&& (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set)) != STRICT_LOW_PART
|
|
|
|
|
|| ! rtx_equal_p (SUBREG_REG (XEXP (SET_DEST (set), 0)),
|
|
|
|
|
target))))
|
|
|
|
|
return 1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If TARGET is in OP0 or OP1, check if anything in SEQ sets TARGET
|
|
|
|
|
besides the last insn. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (reg_overlap_mentioned_p (target, op0)
|
|
|
|
|
|| (op1 && reg_overlap_mentioned_p (target, op1)))
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = XVECLEN (seq, 0) - 2; i >= 0; i--)
|
|
|
|
|
if (reg_set_p (target, XVECEXP (seq, 0, i)))
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == '1')
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
note = gen_rtx_fmt_e (code, GET_MODE (target), copy_rtx (op0));
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
else
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
note = gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code, GET_MODE (target), copy_rtx (op0), copy_rtx (op1));
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
set_unique_reg_note (XVECEXP (seq, 0, XVECLEN (seq, 0) - 1), REG_EQUAL, note);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 1;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Widen OP to MODE and return the rtx for the widened operand. UNSIGNEDP
|
|
|
|
|
says whether OP is signed or unsigned. NO_EXTEND is nonzero if we need
|
|
|
|
|
not actually do a sign-extend or zero-extend, but can leave the
|
|
|
|
|
higher-order bits of the result rtx undefined, for example, in the case
|
|
|
|
|
of logical operations, but not right shifts. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static rtx
|
|
|
|
|
widen_operand (op, mode, oldmode, unsignedp, no_extend)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx op;
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode mode, oldmode;
|
|
|
|
|
int unsignedp;
|
|
|
|
|
int no_extend;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx result;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If we must extend do so. If OP is either a constant or a SUBREG
|
|
|
|
|
for a promoted object, also extend since it will be more efficient to
|
|
|
|
|
do so. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (! no_extend
|
|
|
|
|
|| GET_MODE (op) == VOIDmode
|
|
|
|
|
|| (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG && SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (op)))
|
|
|
|
|
return convert_modes (mode, oldmode, op, unsignedp);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If MODE is no wider than a single word, we return a paradoxical
|
|
|
|
|
SUBREG. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= UNITS_PER_WORD)
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
return gen_rtx_SUBREG (mode, force_reg (GET_MODE (op), op), 0);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Otherwise, get an object of MODE, clobber it, and set the low-order
|
|
|
|
|
part to OP. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
result = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
emit_insn (gen_rtx_CLOBBER (VOIDmode, result));
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
emit_move_insn (gen_lowpart (GET_MODE (op), result), op);
|
|
|
|
|
return result;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Generate code to perform a straightforward complex divide. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int
|
|
|
|
|
expand_cmplxdiv_straight (real0, real1, imag0, imag1, realr, imagr, submode,
|
|
|
|
|
unsignedp, methods, class, binoptab)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx real0, real1, imag0, imag1, realr, imagr;
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode submode;
|
|
|
|
|
int unsignedp;
|
|
|
|
|
enum optab_methods methods;
|
|
|
|
|
enum mode_class class;
|
|
|
|
|
optab binoptab;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx divisor;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx real_t, imag_t;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx temp1, temp2;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx res;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Don't fetch these from memory more than once. */
|
|
|
|
|
real0 = force_reg (submode, real0);
|
|
|
|
|
real1 = force_reg (submode, real1);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (imag0 != 0)
|
|
|
|
|
imag0 = force_reg (submode, imag0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
imag1 = force_reg (submode, imag1);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Divisor: c*c + d*d. */
|
|
|
|
|
temp1 = expand_binop (submode, smul_optab, real1, real1,
|
|
|
|
|
NULL_RTX, unsignedp, methods);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
temp2 = expand_binop (submode, smul_optab, imag1, imag1,
|
|
|
|
|
NULL_RTX, unsignedp, methods);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (temp1 == 0 || temp2 == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
divisor = expand_binop (submode, add_optab, temp1, temp2,
|
|
|
|
|
NULL_RTX, unsignedp, methods);
|
|
|
|
|
if (divisor == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (imag0 == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Mathematically, ((a)(c-id))/divisor. */
|
|
|
|
|
/* Computationally, (a+i0) / (c+id) = (ac/(cc+dd)) + i(-ad/(cc+dd)). */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Calculate the dividend. */
|
|
|
|
|
real_t = expand_binop (submode, smul_optab, real0, real1,
|
|
|
|
|
NULL_RTX, unsignedp, methods);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
imag_t = expand_binop (submode, smul_optab, real0, imag1,
|
|
|
|
|
NULL_RTX, unsignedp, methods);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (real_t == 0 || imag_t == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
imag_t = expand_unop (submode, neg_optab, imag_t,
|
|
|
|
|
NULL_RTX, unsignedp);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Mathematically, ((a+ib)(c-id))/divider. */
|
|
|
|
|
/* Calculate the dividend. */
|
|
|
|
|
temp1 = expand_binop (submode, smul_optab, real0, real1,
|
|
|
|
|
NULL_RTX, unsignedp, methods);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
temp2 = expand_binop (submode, smul_optab, imag0, imag1,
|
|
|
|
|
NULL_RTX, unsignedp, methods);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (temp1 == 0 || temp2 == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
real_t = expand_binop (submode, add_optab, temp1, temp2,
|
|
|
|
|
NULL_RTX, unsignedp, methods);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
temp1 = expand_binop (submode, smul_optab, imag0, real1,
|
|
|
|
|
NULL_RTX, unsignedp, methods);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
temp2 = expand_binop (submode, smul_optab, real0, imag1,
|
|
|
|
|
NULL_RTX, unsignedp, methods);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (temp1 == 0 || temp2 == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
imag_t = expand_binop (submode, sub_optab, temp1, temp2,
|
|
|
|
|
NULL_RTX, unsignedp, methods);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (real_t == 0 || imag_t == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (class == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT)
|
|
|
|
|
res = expand_binop (submode, binoptab, real_t, divisor,
|
|
|
|
|
realr, unsignedp, methods);
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
res = expand_divmod (0, TRUNC_DIV_EXPR, submode,
|
|
|
|
|
real_t, divisor, realr, unsignedp);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (res == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (res != realr)
|
|
|
|
|
emit_move_insn (realr, res);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (class == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT)
|
|
|
|
|
res = expand_binop (submode, binoptab, imag_t, divisor,
|
|
|
|
|
imagr, unsignedp, methods);
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
res = expand_divmod (0, TRUNC_DIV_EXPR, submode,
|
|
|
|
|
imag_t, divisor, imagr, unsignedp);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (res == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (res != imagr)
|
|
|
|
|
emit_move_insn (imagr, res);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 1;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Generate code to perform a wide-input-range-acceptable complex divide. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int
|
|
|
|
|
expand_cmplxdiv_wide (real0, real1, imag0, imag1, realr, imagr, submode,
|
|
|
|
|
unsignedp, methods, class, binoptab)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx real0, real1, imag0, imag1, realr, imagr;
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode submode;
|
|
|
|
|
int unsignedp;
|
|
|
|
|
enum optab_methods methods;
|
|
|
|
|
enum mode_class class;
|
|
|
|
|
optab binoptab;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx ratio, divisor;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx real_t, imag_t;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx temp1, temp2, lab1, lab2;
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode mode;
|
|
|
|
|
int align;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx res;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Don't fetch these from memory more than once. */
|
|
|
|
|
real0 = force_reg (submode, real0);
|
|
|
|
|
real1 = force_reg (submode, real1);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (imag0 != 0)
|
|
|
|
|
imag0 = force_reg (submode, imag0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
imag1 = force_reg (submode, imag1);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* XXX What's an "unsigned" complex number? */
|
|
|
|
|
if (unsignedp)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
temp1 = real1;
|
|
|
|
|
temp2 = imag1;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
temp1 = expand_abs (submode, real1, NULL_RTX, 1);
|
|
|
|
|
temp2 = expand_abs (submode, imag1, NULL_RTX, 1);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (temp1 == 0 || temp2 == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
mode = GET_MODE (temp1);
|
|
|
|
|
align = GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode);
|
|
|
|
|
lab1 = gen_label_rtx ();
|
|
|
|
|
emit_cmp_and_jump_insns (temp1, temp2, LT, NULL_RTX,
|
|
|
|
|
mode, unsignedp, align, lab1);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* |c| >= |d|; use ratio d/c to scale dividend and divisor. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (class == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT)
|
|
|
|
|
ratio = expand_binop (submode, binoptab, imag1, real1,
|
|
|
|
|
NULL_RTX, unsignedp, methods);
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
ratio = expand_divmod (0, TRUNC_DIV_EXPR, submode,
|
|
|
|
|
imag1, real1, NULL_RTX, unsignedp);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (ratio == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Calculate divisor. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
temp1 = expand_binop (submode, smul_optab, imag1, ratio,
|
|
|
|
|
NULL_RTX, unsignedp, methods);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (temp1 == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
divisor = expand_binop (submode, add_optab, temp1, real1,
|
|
|
|
|
NULL_RTX, unsignedp, methods);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (divisor == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Calculate dividend. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (imag0 == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
real_t = real0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Compute a / (c+id) as a / (c+d(d/c)) + i (-a(d/c)) / (c+d(d/c)). */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
imag_t = expand_binop (submode, smul_optab, real0, ratio,
|
|
|
|
|
NULL_RTX, unsignedp, methods);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (imag_t == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
imag_t = expand_unop (submode, neg_optab, imag_t,
|
|
|
|
|
NULL_RTX, unsignedp);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (real_t == 0 || imag_t == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Compute (a+ib)/(c+id) as
|
|
|
|
|
(a+b(d/c))/(c+d(d/c) + i(b-a(d/c))/(c+d(d/c)). */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
temp1 = expand_binop (submode, smul_optab, imag0, ratio,
|
|
|
|
|
NULL_RTX, unsignedp, methods);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (temp1 == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
real_t = expand_binop (submode, add_optab, temp1, real0,
|
|
|
|
|
NULL_RTX, unsignedp, methods);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
temp1 = expand_binop (submode, smul_optab, real0, ratio,
|
|
|
|
|
NULL_RTX, unsignedp, methods);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (temp1 == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
imag_t = expand_binop (submode, sub_optab, imag0, temp1,
|
|
|
|
|
NULL_RTX, unsignedp, methods);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (real_t == 0 || imag_t == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (class == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT)
|
|
|
|
|
res = expand_binop (submode, binoptab, real_t, divisor,
|
|
|
|
|
realr, unsignedp, methods);
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
res = expand_divmod (0, TRUNC_DIV_EXPR, submode,
|
|
|
|
|
real_t, divisor, realr, unsignedp);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (res == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (res != realr)
|
|
|
|
|
emit_move_insn (realr, res);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (class == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT)
|
|
|
|
|
res = expand_binop (submode, binoptab, imag_t, divisor,
|
|
|
|
|
imagr, unsignedp, methods);
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
res = expand_divmod (0, TRUNC_DIV_EXPR, submode,
|
|
|
|
|
imag_t, divisor, imagr, unsignedp);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (res == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (res != imagr)
|
|
|
|
|
emit_move_insn (imagr, res);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
lab2 = gen_label_rtx ();
|
|
|
|
|
emit_jump_insn (gen_jump (lab2));
|
|
|
|
|
emit_barrier ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
emit_label (lab1);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* |d| > |c|; use ratio c/d to scale dividend and divisor. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (class == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT)
|
|
|
|
|
ratio = expand_binop (submode, binoptab, real1, imag1,
|
|
|
|
|
NULL_RTX, unsignedp, methods);
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
ratio = expand_divmod (0, TRUNC_DIV_EXPR, submode,
|
|
|
|
|
real1, imag1, NULL_RTX, unsignedp);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (ratio == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Calculate divisor. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
temp1 = expand_binop (submode, smul_optab, real1, ratio,
|
|
|
|
|
NULL_RTX, unsignedp, methods);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (temp1 == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
divisor = expand_binop (submode, add_optab, temp1, imag1,
|
|
|
|
|
NULL_RTX, unsignedp, methods);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (divisor == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Calculate dividend. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (imag0 == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Compute a / (c+id) as a(c/d) / (c(c/d)+d) + i (-a) / (c(c/d)+d). */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
real_t = expand_binop (submode, smul_optab, real0, ratio,
|
|
|
|
|
NULL_RTX, unsignedp, methods);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
imag_t = expand_unop (submode, neg_optab, real0,
|
|
|
|
|
NULL_RTX, unsignedp);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (real_t == 0 || imag_t == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Compute (a+ib)/(c+id) as
|
|
|
|
|
(a(c/d)+b)/(c(c/d)+d) + i (b(c/d)-a)/(c(c/d)+d). */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
temp1 = expand_binop (submode, smul_optab, real0, ratio,
|
|
|
|
|
NULL_RTX, unsignedp, methods);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (temp1 == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
real_t = expand_binop (submode, add_optab, temp1, imag0,
|
|
|
|
|
NULL_RTX, unsignedp, methods);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
temp1 = expand_binop (submode, smul_optab, imag0, ratio,
|
|
|
|
|
NULL_RTX, unsignedp, methods);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (temp1 == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
imag_t = expand_binop (submode, sub_optab, temp1, real0,
|
|
|
|
|
NULL_RTX, unsignedp, methods);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (real_t == 0 || imag_t == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (class == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT)
|
|
|
|
|
res = expand_binop (submode, binoptab, real_t, divisor,
|
|
|
|
|
realr, unsignedp, methods);
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
res = expand_divmod (0, TRUNC_DIV_EXPR, submode,
|
|
|
|
|
real_t, divisor, realr, unsignedp);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (res == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (res != realr)
|
|
|
|
|
emit_move_insn (realr, res);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (class == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT)
|
|
|
|
|
res = expand_binop (submode, binoptab, imag_t, divisor,
|
|
|
|
|
imagr, unsignedp, methods);
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
res = expand_divmod (0, TRUNC_DIV_EXPR, submode,
|
|
|
|
|
imag_t, divisor, imagr, unsignedp);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (res == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (res != imagr)
|
|
|
|
|
emit_move_insn (imagr, res);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
emit_label (lab2);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 1;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Generate code to perform an operation specified by BINOPTAB
|
|
|
|
|
on operands OP0 and OP1, with result having machine-mode MODE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UNSIGNEDP is for the case where we have to widen the operands
|
|
|
|
|
to perform the operation. It says to use zero-extension.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If TARGET is nonzero, the value
|
|
|
|
|
is generated there, if it is convenient to do so.
|
|
|
|
|
In all cases an rtx is returned for the locus of the value;
|
|
|
|
|
this may or may not be TARGET. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
expand_binop (mode, binoptab, op0, op1, target, unsignedp, methods)
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode mode;
|
|
|
|
|
optab binoptab;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx op0, op1;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx target;
|
|
|
|
|
int unsignedp;
|
|
|
|
|
enum optab_methods methods;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
enum optab_methods next_methods
|
|
|
|
|
= (methods == OPTAB_LIB || methods == OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN
|
|
|
|
|
? OPTAB_WIDEN : methods);
|
|
|
|
|
enum mode_class class;
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode wider_mode;
|
|
|
|
|
register rtx temp;
|
|
|
|
|
int commutative_op = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
int shift_op = (binoptab->code == ASHIFT
|
|
|
|
|
|| binoptab->code == ASHIFTRT
|
|
|
|
|
|| binoptab->code == LSHIFTRT
|
|
|
|
|
|| binoptab->code == ROTATE
|
|
|
|
|
|| binoptab->code == ROTATERT);
|
|
|
|
|
rtx entry_last = get_last_insn ();
|
|
|
|
|
rtx last;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
class = GET_MODE_CLASS (mode);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
op0 = protect_from_queue (op0, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
op1 = protect_from_queue (op1, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
if (target)
|
|
|
|
|
target = protect_from_queue (target, 1);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (flag_force_mem)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
op0 = force_not_mem (op0);
|
|
|
|
|
op1 = force_not_mem (op1);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If subtracting an integer constant, convert this into an addition of
|
|
|
|
|
the negated constant. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (binoptab == sub_optab && GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
op1 = negate_rtx (mode, op1);
|
|
|
|
|
binoptab = add_optab;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If we are inside an appropriately-short loop and one operand is an
|
|
|
|
|
expensive constant, force it into a register. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (CONSTANT_P (op0) && preserve_subexpressions_p ()
|
|
|
|
|
&& rtx_cost (op0, binoptab->code) > 2)
|
|
|
|
|
op0 = force_reg (mode, op0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (CONSTANT_P (op1) && preserve_subexpressions_p ()
|
|
|
|
|
&& ! shift_op && rtx_cost (op1, binoptab->code) > 2)
|
|
|
|
|
op1 = force_reg (mode, op1);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Record where to delete back to if we backtrack. */
|
|
|
|
|
last = get_last_insn ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If operation is commutative,
|
|
|
|
|
try to make the first operand a register.
|
|
|
|
|
Even better, try to make it the same as the target.
|
|
|
|
|
Also try to make the last operand a constant. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_RTX_CLASS (binoptab->code) == 'c'
|
|
|
|
|
|| binoptab == smul_widen_optab
|
|
|
|
|
|| binoptab == umul_widen_optab
|
|
|
|
|
|| binoptab == smul_highpart_optab
|
|
|
|
|
|| binoptab == umul_highpart_optab)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
commutative_op = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (((target == 0 || GET_CODE (target) == REG)
|
|
|
|
|
? ((GET_CODE (op1) == REG
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_CODE (op0) != REG)
|
|
|
|
|
|| target == op1)
|
|
|
|
|
: rtx_equal_p (op1, target))
|
|
|
|
|
|| GET_CODE (op0) == CONST_INT)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
temp = op1;
|
|
|
|
|
op1 = op0;
|
|
|
|
|
op0 = temp;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If we can do it with a three-operand insn, do so. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (methods != OPTAB_MUST_WIDEN
|
|
|
|
|
&& binoptab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code != CODE_FOR_nothing)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
int icode = (int) binoptab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code;
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode mode0 = insn_operand_mode[icode][1];
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode mode1 = insn_operand_mode[icode][2];
|
|
|
|
|
rtx pat;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx xop0 = op0, xop1 = op1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (target)
|
|
|
|
|
temp = target;
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
temp = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If it is a commutative operator and the modes would match
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if we would swap the operands, we can save the conversions. */
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (commutative_op)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_MODE (op0) != mode0 && GET_MODE (op1) != mode1
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_MODE (op0) == mode1 && GET_MODE (op1) == mode0)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
register rtx tmp;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tmp = op0; op0 = op1; op1 = tmp;
|
|
|
|
|
tmp = xop0; xop0 = xop1; xop1 = tmp;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* In case the insn wants input operands in modes different from
|
|
|
|
|
the result, convert the operands. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_MODE (op0) != VOIDmode
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_MODE (op0) != mode0
|
|
|
|
|
&& mode0 != VOIDmode)
|
|
|
|
|
xop0 = convert_to_mode (mode0, xop0, unsignedp);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_MODE (xop1) != VOIDmode
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_MODE (xop1) != mode1
|
|
|
|
|
&& mode1 != VOIDmode)
|
|
|
|
|
xop1 = convert_to_mode (mode1, xop1, unsignedp);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Now, if insn's predicates don't allow our operands, put them into
|
|
|
|
|
pseudo regs. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (! (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][1]) (xop0, mode0)
|
|
|
|
|
&& mode0 != VOIDmode)
|
|
|
|
|
xop0 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode0, xop0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (! (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][2]) (xop1, mode1)
|
|
|
|
|
&& mode1 != VOIDmode)
|
|
|
|
|
xop1 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode1, xop1);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (! (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][0]) (temp, mode))
|
|
|
|
|
temp = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (temp, xop0, xop1);
|
|
|
|
|
if (pat)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* If PAT is a multi-insn sequence, try to add an appropriate
|
|
|
|
|
REG_EQUAL note to it. If we can't because TEMP conflicts with an
|
|
|
|
|
operand, call ourselves again, this time without a target. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (pat) == SEQUENCE
|
|
|
|
|
&& ! add_equal_note (pat, temp, binoptab->code, xop0, xop1))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
delete_insns_since (last);
|
|
|
|
|
return expand_binop (mode, binoptab, op0, op1, NULL_RTX,
|
|
|
|
|
unsignedp, methods);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
emit_insn (pat);
|
|
|
|
|
return temp;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
delete_insns_since (last);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If this is a multiply, see if we can do a widening operation that
|
|
|
|
|
takes operands of this mode and makes a wider mode. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (binoptab == smul_optab && GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode) != VOIDmode
|
|
|
|
|
&& (((unsignedp ? umul_widen_optab : smul_widen_optab)
|
|
|
|
|
->handlers[(int) GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode)].insn_code)
|
|
|
|
|
!= CODE_FOR_nothing))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
temp = expand_binop (GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode),
|
|
|
|
|
unsignedp ? umul_widen_optab : smul_widen_optab,
|
|
|
|
|
op0, op1, NULL_RTX, unsignedp, OPTAB_DIRECT);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (temp != 0)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT)
|
|
|
|
|
return gen_lowpart (mode, temp);
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
return convert_to_mode (mode, temp, unsignedp);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Look for a wider mode of the same class for which we think we
|
|
|
|
|
can open-code the operation. Check for a widening multiply at the
|
|
|
|
|
wider mode as well. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ((class == MODE_INT || class == MODE_FLOAT || class == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT)
|
|
|
|
|
&& methods != OPTAB_DIRECT && methods != OPTAB_LIB)
|
|
|
|
|
for (wider_mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode); wider_mode != VOIDmode;
|
|
|
|
|
wider_mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (wider_mode))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (binoptab->handlers[(int) wider_mode].insn_code != CODE_FOR_nothing
|
|
|
|
|
|| (binoptab == smul_optab
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (wider_mode) != VOIDmode
|
|
|
|
|
&& (((unsignedp ? umul_widen_optab : smul_widen_optab)
|
|
|
|
|
->handlers[(int) GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (wider_mode)].insn_code)
|
|
|
|
|
!= CODE_FOR_nothing)))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx xop0 = op0, xop1 = op1;
|
|
|
|
|
int no_extend = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* For certain integer operations, we need not actually extend
|
|
|
|
|
the narrow operands, as long as we will truncate
|
|
|
|
|
the results to the same narrowness. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ((binoptab == ior_optab || binoptab == and_optab
|
|
|
|
|
|| binoptab == xor_optab
|
|
|
|
|
|| binoptab == add_optab || binoptab == sub_optab
|
|
|
|
|
|| binoptab == smul_optab || binoptab == ashl_optab)
|
|
|
|
|
&& class == MODE_INT)
|
|
|
|
|
no_extend = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
xop0 = widen_operand (xop0, wider_mode, mode, unsignedp, no_extend);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* The second operand of a shift must always be extended. */
|
|
|
|
|
xop1 = widen_operand (xop1, wider_mode, mode, unsignedp,
|
|
|
|
|
no_extend && binoptab != ashl_optab);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
temp = expand_binop (wider_mode, binoptab, xop0, xop1, NULL_RTX,
|
|
|
|
|
unsignedp, OPTAB_DIRECT);
|
|
|
|
|
if (temp)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (class != MODE_INT)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (target == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
target = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
|
|
|
|
|
convert_move (target, temp, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
return target;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
return gen_lowpart (mode, temp);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
delete_insns_since (last);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* These can be done a word at a time. */
|
|
|
|
|
if ((binoptab == and_optab || binoptab == ior_optab || binoptab == xor_optab)
|
|
|
|
|
&& class == MODE_INT
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > UNITS_PER_WORD
|
|
|
|
|
&& binoptab->handlers[(int) word_mode].insn_code != CODE_FOR_nothing)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx insns;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx equiv_value;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If TARGET is the same as one of the operands, the REG_EQUAL note
|
|
|
|
|
won't be accurate, so use a new target. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (target == 0 || target == op0 || target == op1)
|
|
|
|
|
target = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
start_sequence ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Do the actual arithmetic. */
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) / BITS_PER_WORD; i++)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx target_piece = operand_subword (target, i, 1, mode);
|
|
|
|
|
rtx x = expand_binop (word_mode, binoptab,
|
|
|
|
|
operand_subword_force (op0, i, mode),
|
|
|
|
|
operand_subword_force (op1, i, mode),
|
|
|
|
|
target_piece, unsignedp, next_methods);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (x == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (target_piece != x)
|
|
|
|
|
emit_move_insn (target_piece, x);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
insns = get_insns ();
|
|
|
|
|
end_sequence ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (i == GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) / BITS_PER_WORD)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (binoptab->code != UNKNOWN)
|
|
|
|
|
equiv_value
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
= gen_rtx_fmt_ee (binoptab->code, mode,
|
|
|
|
|
copy_rtx (op0), copy_rtx (op1));
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
equiv_value = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
emit_no_conflict_block (insns, target, op0, op1, equiv_value);
|
|
|
|
|
return target;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Synthesize double word shifts from single word shifts. */
|
|
|
|
|
if ((binoptab == lshr_optab || binoptab == ashl_optab
|
|
|
|
|
|| binoptab == ashr_optab)
|
|
|
|
|
&& class == MODE_INT
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 2 * UNITS_PER_WORD
|
|
|
|
|
&& binoptab->handlers[(int) word_mode].insn_code != CODE_FOR_nothing
|
|
|
|
|
&& ashl_optab->handlers[(int) word_mode].insn_code != CODE_FOR_nothing
|
|
|
|
|
&& lshr_optab->handlers[(int) word_mode].insn_code != CODE_FOR_nothing)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx insns, inter, equiv_value;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx into_target, outof_target;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx into_input, outof_input;
|
|
|
|
|
int shift_count, left_shift, outof_word;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If TARGET is the same as one of the operands, the REG_EQUAL note
|
|
|
|
|
won't be accurate, so use a new target. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (target == 0 || target == op0 || target == op1)
|
|
|
|
|
target = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
start_sequence ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
shift_count = INTVAL (op1);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* OUTOF_* is the word we are shifting bits away from, and
|
|
|
|
|
INTO_* is the word that we are shifting bits towards, thus
|
|
|
|
|
they differ depending on the direction of the shift and
|
|
|
|
|
WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
left_shift = binoptab == ashl_optab;
|
|
|
|
|
outof_word = left_shift ^ ! WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
outof_target = operand_subword (target, outof_word, 1, mode);
|
|
|
|
|
into_target = operand_subword (target, 1 - outof_word, 1, mode);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
outof_input = operand_subword_force (op0, outof_word, mode);
|
|
|
|
|
into_input = operand_subword_force (op0, 1 - outof_word, mode);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (shift_count >= BITS_PER_WORD)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
inter = expand_binop (word_mode, binoptab,
|
|
|
|
|
outof_input,
|
|
|
|
|
GEN_INT (shift_count - BITS_PER_WORD),
|
|
|
|
|
into_target, unsignedp, next_methods);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (inter != 0 && inter != into_target)
|
|
|
|
|
emit_move_insn (into_target, inter);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* For a signed right shift, we must fill the word we are shifting
|
|
|
|
|
out of with copies of the sign bit. Otherwise it is zeroed. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (inter != 0 && binoptab != ashr_optab)
|
|
|
|
|
inter = CONST0_RTX (word_mode);
|
|
|
|
|
else if (inter != 0)
|
|
|
|
|
inter = expand_binop (word_mode, binoptab,
|
|
|
|
|
outof_input,
|
|
|
|
|
GEN_INT (BITS_PER_WORD - 1),
|
|
|
|
|
outof_target, unsignedp, next_methods);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (inter != 0 && inter != outof_target)
|
|
|
|
|
emit_move_insn (outof_target, inter);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx carries;
|
|
|
|
|
optab reverse_unsigned_shift, unsigned_shift;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* For a shift of less then BITS_PER_WORD, to compute the carry,
|
|
|
|
|
we must do a logical shift in the opposite direction of the
|
|
|
|
|
desired shift. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
reverse_unsigned_shift = (left_shift ? lshr_optab : ashl_optab);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* For a shift of less than BITS_PER_WORD, to compute the word
|
|
|
|
|
shifted towards, we need to unsigned shift the orig value of
|
|
|
|
|
that word. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned_shift = (left_shift ? ashl_optab : lshr_optab);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
carries = expand_binop (word_mode, reverse_unsigned_shift,
|
|
|
|
|
outof_input,
|
|
|
|
|
GEN_INT (BITS_PER_WORD - shift_count),
|
|
|
|
|
0, unsignedp, next_methods);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (carries == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
inter = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
inter = expand_binop (word_mode, unsigned_shift, into_input,
|
|
|
|
|
op1, 0, unsignedp, next_methods);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (inter != 0)
|
|
|
|
|
inter = expand_binop (word_mode, ior_optab, carries, inter,
|
|
|
|
|
into_target, unsignedp, next_methods);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (inter != 0 && inter != into_target)
|
|
|
|
|
emit_move_insn (into_target, inter);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (inter != 0)
|
|
|
|
|
inter = expand_binop (word_mode, binoptab, outof_input,
|
|
|
|
|
op1, outof_target, unsignedp, next_methods);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (inter != 0 && inter != outof_target)
|
|
|
|
|
emit_move_insn (outof_target, inter);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
insns = get_insns ();
|
|
|
|
|
end_sequence ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (inter != 0)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (binoptab->code != UNKNOWN)
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
equiv_value = gen_rtx_fmt_ee (binoptab->code, mode, op0, op1);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
equiv_value = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
emit_no_conflict_block (insns, target, op0, op1, equiv_value);
|
|
|
|
|
return target;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Synthesize double word rotates from single word shifts. */
|
|
|
|
|
if ((binoptab == rotl_optab || binoptab == rotr_optab)
|
|
|
|
|
&& class == MODE_INT
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 2 * UNITS_PER_WORD
|
|
|
|
|
&& ashl_optab->handlers[(int) word_mode].insn_code != CODE_FOR_nothing
|
|
|
|
|
&& lshr_optab->handlers[(int) word_mode].insn_code != CODE_FOR_nothing)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx insns, equiv_value;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx into_target, outof_target;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx into_input, outof_input;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx inter;
|
|
|
|
|
int shift_count, left_shift, outof_word;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If TARGET is the same as one of the operands, the REG_EQUAL note
|
|
|
|
|
won't be accurate, so use a new target. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (target == 0 || target == op0 || target == op1)
|
|
|
|
|
target = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
start_sequence ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
shift_count = INTVAL (op1);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* OUTOF_* is the word we are shifting bits away from, and
|
|
|
|
|
INTO_* is the word that we are shifting bits towards, thus
|
|
|
|
|
they differ depending on the direction of the shift and
|
|
|
|
|
WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
left_shift = (binoptab == rotl_optab);
|
|
|
|
|
outof_word = left_shift ^ ! WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
outof_target = operand_subword (target, outof_word, 1, mode);
|
|
|
|
|
into_target = operand_subword (target, 1 - outof_word, 1, mode);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
outof_input = operand_subword_force (op0, outof_word, mode);
|
|
|
|
|
into_input = operand_subword_force (op0, 1 - outof_word, mode);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (shift_count == BITS_PER_WORD)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* This is just a word swap. */
|
|
|
|
|
emit_move_insn (outof_target, into_input);
|
|
|
|
|
emit_move_insn (into_target, outof_input);
|
|
|
|
|
inter = const0_rtx;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx into_temp1, into_temp2, outof_temp1, outof_temp2;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx first_shift_count, second_shift_count;
|
|
|
|
|
optab reverse_unsigned_shift, unsigned_shift;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
reverse_unsigned_shift = (left_shift ^ (shift_count < BITS_PER_WORD)
|
|
|
|
|
? lshr_optab : ashl_optab);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned_shift = (left_shift ^ (shift_count < BITS_PER_WORD)
|
|
|
|
|
? ashl_optab : lshr_optab);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (shift_count > BITS_PER_WORD)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
first_shift_count = GEN_INT (shift_count - BITS_PER_WORD);
|
|
|
|
|
second_shift_count = GEN_INT (2*BITS_PER_WORD - shift_count);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
first_shift_count = GEN_INT (BITS_PER_WORD - shift_count);
|
|
|
|
|
second_shift_count = GEN_INT (shift_count);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
into_temp1 = expand_binop (word_mode, unsigned_shift,
|
|
|
|
|
outof_input, first_shift_count,
|
|
|
|
|
NULL_RTX, unsignedp, next_methods);
|
|
|
|
|
into_temp2 = expand_binop (word_mode, reverse_unsigned_shift,
|
|
|
|
|
into_input, second_shift_count,
|
|
|
|
|
into_target, unsignedp, next_methods);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (into_temp1 != 0 && into_temp2 != 0)
|
|
|
|
|
inter = expand_binop (word_mode, ior_optab, into_temp1, into_temp2,
|
|
|
|
|
into_target, unsignedp, next_methods);
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
inter = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (inter != 0 && inter != into_target)
|
|
|
|
|
emit_move_insn (into_target, inter);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
outof_temp1 = expand_binop (word_mode, unsigned_shift,
|
|
|
|
|
into_input, first_shift_count,
|
|
|
|
|
NULL_RTX, unsignedp, next_methods);
|
|
|
|
|
outof_temp2 = expand_binop (word_mode, reverse_unsigned_shift,
|
|
|
|
|
outof_input, second_shift_count,
|
|
|
|
|
outof_target, unsignedp, next_methods);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (inter != 0 && outof_temp1 != 0 && outof_temp2 != 0)
|
|
|
|
|
inter = expand_binop (word_mode, ior_optab,
|
|
|
|
|
outof_temp1, outof_temp2,
|
|
|
|
|
outof_target, unsignedp, next_methods);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (inter != 0 && inter != outof_target)
|
|
|
|
|
emit_move_insn (outof_target, inter);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
insns = get_insns ();
|
|
|
|
|
end_sequence ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (inter != 0)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (binoptab->code != UNKNOWN)
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
equiv_value = gen_rtx_fmt_ee (binoptab->code, mode, op0, op1);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
equiv_value = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* We can't make this a no conflict block if this is a word swap,
|
|
|
|
|
because the word swap case fails if the input and output values
|
|
|
|
|
are in the same register. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (shift_count != BITS_PER_WORD)
|
|
|
|
|
emit_no_conflict_block (insns, target, op0, op1, equiv_value);
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
emit_insns (insns);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return target;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* These can be done a word at a time by propagating carries. */
|
|
|
|
|
if ((binoptab == add_optab || binoptab == sub_optab)
|
|
|
|
|
&& class == MODE_INT
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) >= 2 * UNITS_PER_WORD
|
|
|
|
|
&& binoptab->handlers[(int) word_mode].insn_code != CODE_FOR_nothing)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx carry_tmp = gen_reg_rtx (word_mode);
|
|
|
|
|
optab otheroptab = binoptab == add_optab ? sub_optab : add_optab;
|
|
|
|
|
int nwords = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) / BITS_PER_WORD;
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx carry_in = NULL_RTX, carry_out = NULL_RTX;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx xop0, xop1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* We can handle either a 1 or -1 value for the carry. If STORE_FLAG
|
|
|
|
|
value is one of those, use it. Otherwise, use 1 since it is the
|
|
|
|
|
one easiest to get. */
|
|
|
|
|
#if STORE_FLAG_VALUE == 1 || STORE_FLAG_VALUE == -1
|
|
|
|
|
int normalizep = STORE_FLAG_VALUE;
|
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
|
int normalizep = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Prepare the operands. */
|
|
|
|
|
xop0 = force_reg (mode, op0);
|
|
|
|
|
xop1 = force_reg (mode, op1);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (target == 0 || GET_CODE (target) != REG
|
|
|
|
|
|| target == xop0 || target == xop1)
|
|
|
|
|
target = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Indicate for flow that the entire target reg is being set. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (target) == REG)
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
emit_insn (gen_rtx_CLOBBER (VOIDmode, target));
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Do the actual arithmetic. */
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < nwords; i++)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
int index = (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN ? nwords - i - 1 : i);
|
|
|
|
|
rtx target_piece = operand_subword (target, index, 1, mode);
|
|
|
|
|
rtx op0_piece = operand_subword_force (xop0, index, mode);
|
|
|
|
|
rtx op1_piece = operand_subword_force (xop1, index, mode);
|
|
|
|
|
rtx x;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Main add/subtract of the input operands. */
|
|
|
|
|
x = expand_binop (word_mode, binoptab,
|
|
|
|
|
op0_piece, op1_piece,
|
|
|
|
|
target_piece, unsignedp, next_methods);
|
|
|
|
|
if (x == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (i + 1 < nwords)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Store carry from main add/subtract. */
|
|
|
|
|
carry_out = gen_reg_rtx (word_mode);
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
carry_out = emit_store_flag_force (carry_out,
|
|
|
|
|
(binoptab == add_optab
|
|
|
|
|
? LTU : GTU),
|
|
|
|
|
x, op0_piece,
|
|
|
|
|
word_mode, 1, normalizep);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (i > 0)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Add/subtract previous carry to main result. */
|
|
|
|
|
x = expand_binop (word_mode,
|
|
|
|
|
normalizep == 1 ? binoptab : otheroptab,
|
|
|
|
|
x, carry_in,
|
|
|
|
|
target_piece, 1, next_methods);
|
|
|
|
|
if (x == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
else if (target_piece != x)
|
|
|
|
|
emit_move_insn (target_piece, x);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (i + 1 < nwords)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* THIS CODE HAS NOT BEEN TESTED. */
|
|
|
|
|
/* Get out carry from adding/subtracting carry in. */
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
carry_tmp = emit_store_flag_force (carry_tmp,
|
|
|
|
|
binoptab == add_optab
|
|
|
|
|
? LTU : GTU,
|
|
|
|
|
x, carry_in,
|
|
|
|
|
word_mode, 1, normalizep);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Logical-ior the two poss. carry together. */
|
|
|
|
|
carry_out = expand_binop (word_mode, ior_optab,
|
|
|
|
|
carry_out, carry_tmp,
|
|
|
|
|
carry_out, 0, next_methods);
|
|
|
|
|
if (carry_out == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
carry_in = carry_out;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (i == GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) / BITS_PER_WORD)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (mov_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code != CODE_FOR_nothing)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx temp = emit_move_insn (target, target);
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
set_unique_reg_note (temp,
|
|
|
|
|
REG_EQUAL,
|
|
|
|
|
gen_rtx_fmt_ee (binoptab->code, mode,
|
|
|
|
|
copy_rtx (xop0),
|
|
|
|
|
copy_rtx (xop1)));
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
return target;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
delete_insns_since (last);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If we want to multiply two two-word values and have normal and widening
|
|
|
|
|
multiplies of single-word values, we can do this with three smaller
|
|
|
|
|
multiplications. Note that we do not make a REG_NO_CONFLICT block here
|
|
|
|
|
because we are not operating on one word at a time.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The multiplication proceeds as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
_______________________
|
|
|
|
|
[__op0_high_|__op0_low__]
|
|
|
|
|
_______________________
|
|
|
|
|
* [__op1_high_|__op1_low__]
|
|
|
|
|
_______________________________________________
|
|
|
|
|
_______________________
|
|
|
|
|
(1) [__op0_low__*__op1_low__]
|
|
|
|
|
_______________________
|
|
|
|
|
(2a) [__op0_low__*__op1_high_]
|
|
|
|
|
_______________________
|
|
|
|
|
(2b) [__op0_high_*__op1_low__]
|
|
|
|
|
_______________________
|
|
|
|
|
(3) [__op0_high_*__op1_high_]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This gives a 4-word result. Since we are only interested in the
|
|
|
|
|
lower 2 words, partial result (3) and the upper words of (2a) and
|
|
|
|
|
(2b) don't need to be calculated. Hence (2a) and (2b) can be
|
|
|
|
|
calculated using non-widening multiplication.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1), however, needs to be calculated with an unsigned widening
|
|
|
|
|
multiplication. If this operation is not directly supported we
|
|
|
|
|
try using a signed widening multiplication and adjust the result.
|
|
|
|
|
This adjustment works as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If both operands are positive then no adjustment is needed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the operands have different signs, for example op0_low < 0 and
|
|
|
|
|
op1_low >= 0, the instruction treats the most significant bit of
|
|
|
|
|
op0_low as a sign bit instead of a bit with significance
|
|
|
|
|
2**(BITS_PER_WORD-1), i.e. the instruction multiplies op1_low
|
|
|
|
|
with 2**BITS_PER_WORD - op0_low, and two's complements the
|
|
|
|
|
result. Conclusion: We need to add op1_low * 2**BITS_PER_WORD to
|
|
|
|
|
the result.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Similarly, if both operands are negative, we need to add
|
|
|
|
|
(op0_low + op1_low) * 2**BITS_PER_WORD.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We use a trick to adjust quickly. We logically shift op0_low right
|
|
|
|
|
(op1_low) BITS_PER_WORD-1 steps to get 0 or 1, and add this to
|
|
|
|
|
op0_high (op1_high) before it is used to calculate 2b (2a). If no
|
|
|
|
|
logical shift exists, we do an arithmetic right shift and subtract
|
|
|
|
|
the 0 or -1. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (binoptab == smul_optab
|
|
|
|
|
&& class == MODE_INT
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 2 * UNITS_PER_WORD
|
|
|
|
|
&& smul_optab->handlers[(int) word_mode].insn_code != CODE_FOR_nothing
|
|
|
|
|
&& add_optab->handlers[(int) word_mode].insn_code != CODE_FOR_nothing
|
|
|
|
|
&& ((umul_widen_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code
|
|
|
|
|
!= CODE_FOR_nothing)
|
|
|
|
|
|| (smul_widen_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code
|
|
|
|
|
!= CODE_FOR_nothing)))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
int low = (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN ? 1 : 0);
|
|
|
|
|
int high = (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN ? 0 : 1);
|
|
|
|
|
rtx op0_high = operand_subword_force (op0, high, mode);
|
|
|
|
|
rtx op0_low = operand_subword_force (op0, low, mode);
|
|
|
|
|
rtx op1_high = operand_subword_force (op1, high, mode);
|
|
|
|
|
rtx op1_low = operand_subword_force (op1, low, mode);
|
|
|
|
|
rtx product = 0;
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx op0_xhigh = NULL_RTX;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx op1_xhigh = NULL_RTX;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If the target is the same as one of the inputs, don't use it. This
|
|
|
|
|
prevents problems with the REG_EQUAL note. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (target == op0 || target == op1
|
|
|
|
|
|| (target != 0 && GET_CODE (target) != REG))
|
|
|
|
|
target = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Multiply the two lower words to get a double-word product.
|
|
|
|
|
If unsigned widening multiplication is available, use that;
|
|
|
|
|
otherwise use the signed form and compensate. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (umul_widen_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code != CODE_FOR_nothing)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
product = expand_binop (mode, umul_widen_optab, op0_low, op1_low,
|
|
|
|
|
target, 1, OPTAB_DIRECT);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If we didn't succeed, delete everything we did so far. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (product == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
delete_insns_since (last);
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
op0_xhigh = op0_high, op1_xhigh = op1_high;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (product == 0
|
|
|
|
|
&& smul_widen_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code
|
|
|
|
|
!= CODE_FOR_nothing)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx wordm1 = GEN_INT (BITS_PER_WORD - 1);
|
|
|
|
|
product = expand_binop (mode, smul_widen_optab, op0_low, op1_low,
|
|
|
|
|
target, 1, OPTAB_DIRECT);
|
|
|
|
|
op0_xhigh = expand_binop (word_mode, lshr_optab, op0_low, wordm1,
|
|
|
|
|
NULL_RTX, 1, next_methods);
|
|
|
|
|
if (op0_xhigh)
|
|
|
|
|
op0_xhigh = expand_binop (word_mode, add_optab, op0_high,
|
|
|
|
|
op0_xhigh, op0_xhigh, 0, next_methods);
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
op0_xhigh = expand_binop (word_mode, ashr_optab, op0_low, wordm1,
|
|
|
|
|
NULL_RTX, 0, next_methods);
|
|
|
|
|
if (op0_xhigh)
|
|
|
|
|
op0_xhigh = expand_binop (word_mode, sub_optab, op0_high,
|
|
|
|
|
op0_xhigh, op0_xhigh, 0,
|
|
|
|
|
next_methods);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
op1_xhigh = expand_binop (word_mode, lshr_optab, op1_low, wordm1,
|
|
|
|
|
NULL_RTX, 1, next_methods);
|
|
|
|
|
if (op1_xhigh)
|
|
|
|
|
op1_xhigh = expand_binop (word_mode, add_optab, op1_high,
|
|
|
|
|
op1_xhigh, op1_xhigh, 0, next_methods);
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
op1_xhigh = expand_binop (word_mode, ashr_optab, op1_low, wordm1,
|
|
|
|
|
NULL_RTX, 0, next_methods);
|
|
|
|
|
if (op1_xhigh)
|
|
|
|
|
op1_xhigh = expand_binop (word_mode, sub_optab, op1_high,
|
|
|
|
|
op1_xhigh, op1_xhigh, 0,
|
|
|
|
|
next_methods);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If we have been able to directly compute the product of the
|
|
|
|
|
low-order words of the operands and perform any required adjustments
|
|
|
|
|
of the operands, we proceed by trying two more multiplications
|
|
|
|
|
and then computing the appropriate sum.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We have checked above that the required addition is provided.
|
|
|
|
|
Full-word addition will normally always succeed, especially if
|
|
|
|
|
it is provided at all, so we don't worry about its failure. The
|
|
|
|
|
multiplication may well fail, however, so we do handle that. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (product && op0_xhigh && op1_xhigh)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx product_high = operand_subword (product, high, 1, mode);
|
|
|
|
|
rtx temp = expand_binop (word_mode, binoptab, op0_low, op1_xhigh,
|
|
|
|
|
NULL_RTX, 0, OPTAB_DIRECT);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (temp != 0)
|
|
|
|
|
temp = expand_binop (word_mode, add_optab, temp, product_high,
|
|
|
|
|
product_high, 0, next_methods);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (temp != 0 && temp != product_high)
|
|
|
|
|
emit_move_insn (product_high, temp);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (temp != 0)
|
|
|
|
|
temp = expand_binop (word_mode, binoptab, op1_low, op0_xhigh,
|
|
|
|
|
NULL_RTX, 0, OPTAB_DIRECT);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (temp != 0)
|
|
|
|
|
temp = expand_binop (word_mode, add_optab, temp,
|
|
|
|
|
product_high, product_high,
|
|
|
|
|
0, next_methods);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (temp != 0 && temp != product_high)
|
|
|
|
|
emit_move_insn (product_high, temp);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (temp != 0)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (mov_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code != CODE_FOR_nothing)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
temp = emit_move_insn (product, product);
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
set_unique_reg_note (temp,
|
|
|
|
|
REG_EQUAL,
|
|
|
|
|
gen_rtx_fmt_ee (MULT, mode,
|
|
|
|
|
copy_rtx (op0),
|
|
|
|
|
copy_rtx (op1)));
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
return product;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If we get here, we couldn't do it for some reason even though we
|
|
|
|
|
originally thought we could. Delete anything we've emitted in
|
|
|
|
|
trying to do it. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
delete_insns_since (last);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* We need to open-code the complex type operations: '+, -, * and /' */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* At this point we allow operations between two similar complex
|
|
|
|
|
numbers, and also if one of the operands is not a complex number
|
|
|
|
|
but rather of MODE_FLOAT or MODE_INT. However, the caller
|
|
|
|
|
must make sure that the MODE of the non-complex operand matches
|
|
|
|
|
the SUBMODE of the complex operand. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (class == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT || class == MODE_COMPLEX_INT)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx real0 = 0, imag0 = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx real1 = 0, imag1 = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx realr, imagr, res;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx seq;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx equiv_value;
|
|
|
|
|
int ok = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Find the correct mode for the real and imaginary parts */
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode submode
|
|
|
|
|
= mode_for_size (GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode) * BITS_PER_UNIT,
|
|
|
|
|
class == MODE_COMPLEX_INT ? MODE_INT : MODE_FLOAT,
|
|
|
|
|
0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (submode == BLKmode)
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (! target)
|
|
|
|
|
target = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
start_sequence ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
realr = gen_realpart (submode, target);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
imagr = gen_imagpart (submode, target);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_MODE (op0) == mode)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
real0 = gen_realpart (submode, op0);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
imag0 = gen_imagpart (submode, op0);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
real0 = op0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_MODE (op1) == mode)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
real1 = gen_realpart (submode, op1);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
imag1 = gen_imagpart (submode, op1);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
real1 = op1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (real0 == 0 || real1 == 0 || ! (imag0 != 0|| imag1 != 0))
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
switch (binoptab->code)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
case PLUS:
|
|
|
|
|
/* (a+ib) + (c+id) = (a+c) + i(b+d) */
|
|
|
|
|
case MINUS:
|
|
|
|
|
/* (a+ib) - (c+id) = (a-c) + i(b-d) */
|
|
|
|
|
res = expand_binop (submode, binoptab, real0, real1,
|
|
|
|
|
realr, unsignedp, methods);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (res == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
else if (res != realr)
|
|
|
|
|
emit_move_insn (realr, res);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (imag0 && imag1)
|
|
|
|
|
res = expand_binop (submode, binoptab, imag0, imag1,
|
|
|
|
|
imagr, unsignedp, methods);
|
|
|
|
|
else if (imag0)
|
|
|
|
|
res = imag0;
|
|
|
|
|
else if (binoptab->code == MINUS)
|
|
|
|
|
res = expand_unop (submode, neg_optab, imag1, imagr, unsignedp);
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
res = imag1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (res == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
else if (res != imagr)
|
|
|
|
|
emit_move_insn (imagr, res);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ok = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case MULT:
|
|
|
|
|
/* (a+ib) * (c+id) = (ac-bd) + i(ad+cb) */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (imag0 && imag1)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx temp1, temp2;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Don't fetch these from memory more than once. */
|
|
|
|
|
real0 = force_reg (submode, real0);
|
|
|
|
|
real1 = force_reg (submode, real1);
|
|
|
|
|
imag0 = force_reg (submode, imag0);
|
|
|
|
|
imag1 = force_reg (submode, imag1);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
temp1 = expand_binop (submode, binoptab, real0, real1, NULL_RTX,
|
|
|
|
|
unsignedp, methods);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
temp2 = expand_binop (submode, binoptab, imag0, imag1, NULL_RTX,
|
|
|
|
|
unsignedp, methods);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (temp1 == 0 || temp2 == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
res = expand_binop (submode, sub_optab, temp1, temp2,
|
|
|
|
|
realr, unsignedp, methods);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (res == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
else if (res != realr)
|
|
|
|
|
emit_move_insn (realr, res);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
temp1 = expand_binop (submode, binoptab, real0, imag1,
|
|
|
|
|
NULL_RTX, unsignedp, methods);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
temp2 = expand_binop (submode, binoptab, real1, imag0,
|
|
|
|
|
NULL_RTX, unsignedp, methods);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (temp1 == 0 || temp2 == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
res = expand_binop (submode, add_optab, temp1, temp2,
|
|
|
|
|
imagr, unsignedp, methods);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (res == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
else if (res != imagr)
|
|
|
|
|
emit_move_insn (imagr, res);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ok = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Don't fetch these from memory more than once. */
|
|
|
|
|
real0 = force_reg (submode, real0);
|
|
|
|
|
real1 = force_reg (submode, real1);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
res = expand_binop (submode, binoptab, real0, real1,
|
|
|
|
|
realr, unsignedp, methods);
|
|
|
|
|
if (res == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
else if (res != realr)
|
|
|
|
|
emit_move_insn (realr, res);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (imag0 != 0)
|
|
|
|
|
res = expand_binop (submode, binoptab,
|
|
|
|
|
real1, imag0, imagr, unsignedp, methods);
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
res = expand_binop (submode, binoptab,
|
|
|
|
|
real0, imag1, imagr, unsignedp, methods);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (res == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
else if (res != imagr)
|
|
|
|
|
emit_move_insn (imagr, res);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ok = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case DIV:
|
|
|
|
|
/* (a+ib) / (c+id) = ((ac+bd)/(cc+dd)) + i((bc-ad)/(cc+dd)) */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (imag1 == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* (a+ib) / (c+i0) = (a/c) + i(b/c) */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Don't fetch these from memory more than once. */
|
|
|
|
|
real1 = force_reg (submode, real1);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Simply divide the real and imaginary parts by `c' */
|
|
|
|
|
if (class == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT)
|
|
|
|
|
res = expand_binop (submode, binoptab, real0, real1,
|
|
|
|
|
realr, unsignedp, methods);
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
res = expand_divmod (0, TRUNC_DIV_EXPR, submode,
|
|
|
|
|
real0, real1, realr, unsignedp);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (res == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
else if (res != realr)
|
|
|
|
|
emit_move_insn (realr, res);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (class == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT)
|
|
|
|
|
res = expand_binop (submode, binoptab, imag0, real1,
|
|
|
|
|
imagr, unsignedp, methods);
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
res = expand_divmod (0, TRUNC_DIV_EXPR, submode,
|
|
|
|
|
imag0, real1, imagr, unsignedp);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (res == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
else if (res != imagr)
|
|
|
|
|
emit_move_insn (imagr, res);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ok = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
switch (flag_complex_divide_method)
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
case 0:
|
|
|
|
|
ok = expand_cmplxdiv_straight (real0, real1, imag0, imag1,
|
|
|
|
|
realr, imagr, submode,
|
|
|
|
|
unsignedp, methods,
|
|
|
|
|
class, binoptab);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
case 1:
|
|
|
|
|
ok = expand_cmplxdiv_wide (real0, real1, imag0, imag1,
|
|
|
|
|
realr, imagr, submode,
|
|
|
|
|
unsignedp, methods,
|
|
|
|
|
class, binoptab);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
seq = get_insns ();
|
|
|
|
|
end_sequence ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (ok)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (binoptab->code != UNKNOWN)
|
|
|
|
|
equiv_value
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
= gen_rtx_fmt_ee (binoptab->code, mode,
|
|
|
|
|
copy_rtx (op0), copy_rtx (op1));
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
equiv_value = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
emit_no_conflict_block (seq, target, op0, op1, equiv_value);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return target;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* It can't be open-coded in this mode.
|
|
|
|
|
Use a library call if one is available and caller says that's ok. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (binoptab->handlers[(int) mode].libfunc
|
|
|
|
|
&& (methods == OPTAB_LIB || methods == OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx insns;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx op1x = op1;
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode op1_mode = mode;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx value;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
start_sequence ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (shift_op)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
op1_mode = word_mode;
|
|
|
|
|
/* Specify unsigned here,
|
|
|
|
|
since negative shift counts are meaningless. */
|
|
|
|
|
op1x = convert_to_mode (word_mode, op1, 1);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_MODE (op0) != VOIDmode
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_MODE (op0) != mode)
|
|
|
|
|
op0 = convert_to_mode (mode, op0, unsignedp);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Pass 1 for NO_QUEUE so we don't lose any increments
|
|
|
|
|
if the libcall is cse'd or moved. */
|
|
|
|
|
value = emit_library_call_value (binoptab->handlers[(int) mode].libfunc,
|
|
|
|
|
NULL_RTX, 1, mode, 2,
|
|
|
|
|
op0, mode, op1x, op1_mode);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
insns = get_insns ();
|
|
|
|
|
end_sequence ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
target = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
|
|
|
|
|
emit_libcall_block (insns, target, value,
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
gen_rtx_fmt_ee (binoptab->code, mode, op0, op1));
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return target;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
delete_insns_since (last);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* It can't be done in this mode. Can we do it in a wider mode? */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (! (methods == OPTAB_WIDEN || methods == OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN
|
|
|
|
|
|| methods == OPTAB_MUST_WIDEN))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Caller says, don't even try. */
|
|
|
|
|
delete_insns_since (entry_last);
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Compute the value of METHODS to pass to recursive calls.
|
|
|
|
|
Don't allow widening to be tried recursively. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
methods = (methods == OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN ? OPTAB_LIB : OPTAB_DIRECT);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Look for a wider mode of the same class for which it appears we can do
|
|
|
|
|
the operation. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (class == MODE_INT || class == MODE_FLOAT || class == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
for (wider_mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode); wider_mode != VOIDmode;
|
|
|
|
|
wider_mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (wider_mode))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if ((binoptab->handlers[(int) wider_mode].insn_code
|
|
|
|
|
!= CODE_FOR_nothing)
|
|
|
|
|
|| (methods == OPTAB_LIB
|
|
|
|
|
&& binoptab->handlers[(int) wider_mode].libfunc))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx xop0 = op0, xop1 = op1;
|
|
|
|
|
int no_extend = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* For certain integer operations, we need not actually extend
|
|
|
|
|
the narrow operands, as long as we will truncate
|
|
|
|
|
the results to the same narrowness. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ((binoptab == ior_optab || binoptab == and_optab
|
|
|
|
|
|| binoptab == xor_optab
|
|
|
|
|
|| binoptab == add_optab || binoptab == sub_optab
|
|
|
|
|
|| binoptab == smul_optab || binoptab == ashl_optab)
|
|
|
|
|
&& class == MODE_INT)
|
|
|
|
|
no_extend = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
xop0 = widen_operand (xop0, wider_mode, mode,
|
|
|
|
|
unsignedp, no_extend);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* The second operand of a shift must always be extended. */
|
|
|
|
|
xop1 = widen_operand (xop1, wider_mode, mode, unsignedp,
|
|
|
|
|
no_extend && binoptab != ashl_optab);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
temp = expand_binop (wider_mode, binoptab, xop0, xop1, NULL_RTX,
|
|
|
|
|
unsignedp, methods);
|
|
|
|
|
if (temp)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (class != MODE_INT)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (target == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
target = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
|
|
|
|
|
convert_move (target, temp, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
return target;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
return gen_lowpart (mode, temp);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
delete_insns_since (last);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
delete_insns_since (entry_last);
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Expand a binary operator which has both signed and unsigned forms.
|
|
|
|
|
UOPTAB is the optab for unsigned operations, and SOPTAB is for
|
|
|
|
|
signed operations.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If we widen unsigned operands, we may use a signed wider operation instead
|
|
|
|
|
of an unsigned wider operation, since the result would be the same. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
sign_expand_binop (mode, uoptab, soptab, op0, op1, target, unsignedp, methods)
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode mode;
|
|
|
|
|
optab uoptab, soptab;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx op0, op1, target;
|
|
|
|
|
int unsignedp;
|
|
|
|
|
enum optab_methods methods;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
register rtx temp;
|
|
|
|
|
optab direct_optab = unsignedp ? uoptab : soptab;
|
|
|
|
|
struct optab wide_soptab;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Do it without widening, if possible. */
|
|
|
|
|
temp = expand_binop (mode, direct_optab, op0, op1, target,
|
|
|
|
|
unsignedp, OPTAB_DIRECT);
|
|
|
|
|
if (temp || methods == OPTAB_DIRECT)
|
|
|
|
|
return temp;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Try widening to a signed int. Make a fake signed optab that
|
|
|
|
|
hides any signed insn for direct use. */
|
|
|
|
|
wide_soptab = *soptab;
|
|
|
|
|
wide_soptab.handlers[(int) mode].insn_code = CODE_FOR_nothing;
|
|
|
|
|
wide_soptab.handlers[(int) mode].libfunc = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
temp = expand_binop (mode, &wide_soptab, op0, op1, target,
|
|
|
|
|
unsignedp, OPTAB_WIDEN);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* For unsigned operands, try widening to an unsigned int. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (temp == 0 && unsignedp)
|
|
|
|
|
temp = expand_binop (mode, uoptab, op0, op1, target,
|
|
|
|
|
unsignedp, OPTAB_WIDEN);
|
|
|
|
|
if (temp || methods == OPTAB_WIDEN)
|
|
|
|
|
return temp;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Use the right width lib call if that exists. */
|
|
|
|
|
temp = expand_binop (mode, direct_optab, op0, op1, target, unsignedp, OPTAB_LIB);
|
|
|
|
|
if (temp || methods == OPTAB_LIB)
|
|
|
|
|
return temp;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Must widen and use a lib call, use either signed or unsigned. */
|
|
|
|
|
temp = expand_binop (mode, &wide_soptab, op0, op1, target,
|
|
|
|
|
unsignedp, methods);
|
|
|
|
|
if (temp != 0)
|
|
|
|
|
return temp;
|
|
|
|
|
if (unsignedp)
|
|
|
|
|
return expand_binop (mode, uoptab, op0, op1, target,
|
|
|
|
|
unsignedp, methods);
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Generate code to perform an operation specified by BINOPTAB
|
|
|
|
|
on operands OP0 and OP1, with two results to TARG1 and TARG2.
|
|
|
|
|
We assume that the order of the operands for the instruction
|
|
|
|
|
is TARG0, OP0, OP1, TARG1, which would fit a pattern like
|
|
|
|
|
[(set TARG0 (operate OP0 OP1)) (set TARG1 (operate ...))].
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Either TARG0 or TARG1 may be zero, but what that means is that
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
the result is not actually wanted. We will generate it into
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
a dummy pseudo-reg and discard it. They may not both be zero.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns 1 if this operation can be performed; 0 if not. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int
|
|
|
|
|
expand_twoval_binop (binoptab, op0, op1, targ0, targ1, unsignedp)
|
|
|
|
|
optab binoptab;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx op0, op1;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx targ0, targ1;
|
|
|
|
|
int unsignedp;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (targ0 ? targ0 : targ1);
|
|
|
|
|
enum mode_class class;
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode wider_mode;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx entry_last = get_last_insn ();
|
|
|
|
|
rtx last;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
class = GET_MODE_CLASS (mode);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
op0 = protect_from_queue (op0, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
op1 = protect_from_queue (op1, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (flag_force_mem)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
op0 = force_not_mem (op0);
|
|
|
|
|
op1 = force_not_mem (op1);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If we are inside an appropriately-short loop and one operand is an
|
|
|
|
|
expensive constant, force it into a register. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (CONSTANT_P (op0) && preserve_subexpressions_p ()
|
|
|
|
|
&& rtx_cost (op0, binoptab->code) > 2)
|
|
|
|
|
op0 = force_reg (mode, op0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (CONSTANT_P (op1) && preserve_subexpressions_p ()
|
|
|
|
|
&& rtx_cost (op1, binoptab->code) > 2)
|
|
|
|
|
op1 = force_reg (mode, op1);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (targ0)
|
|
|
|
|
targ0 = protect_from_queue (targ0, 1);
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
targ0 = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
|
|
|
|
|
if (targ1)
|
|
|
|
|
targ1 = protect_from_queue (targ1, 1);
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
targ1 = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Record where to go back to if we fail. */
|
|
|
|
|
last = get_last_insn ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (binoptab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code != CODE_FOR_nothing)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
int icode = (int) binoptab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code;
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode mode0 = insn_operand_mode[icode][1];
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode mode1 = insn_operand_mode[icode][2];
|
|
|
|
|
rtx pat;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx xop0 = op0, xop1 = op1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* In case this insn wants input operands in modes different from the
|
|
|
|
|
result, convert the operands. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_MODE (op0) != VOIDmode && GET_MODE (op0) != mode0)
|
|
|
|
|
xop0 = convert_to_mode (mode0, xop0, unsignedp);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_MODE (op1) != VOIDmode && GET_MODE (op1) != mode1)
|
|
|
|
|
xop1 = convert_to_mode (mode1, xop1, unsignedp);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Now, if insn doesn't accept these operands, put them into pseudos. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (! (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][1]) (xop0, mode0))
|
|
|
|
|
xop0 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode0, xop0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (! (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][2]) (xop1, mode1))
|
|
|
|
|
xop1 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode1, xop1);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* We could handle this, but we should always be called with a pseudo
|
|
|
|
|
for our targets and all insns should take them as outputs. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (! (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][0]) (targ0, mode)
|
|
|
|
|
|| ! (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][3]) (targ1, mode))
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (targ0, xop0, xop1, targ1);
|
|
|
|
|
if (pat)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
emit_insn (pat);
|
|
|
|
|
return 1;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
delete_insns_since (last);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* It can't be done in this mode. Can we do it in a wider mode? */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (class == MODE_INT || class == MODE_FLOAT || class == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
for (wider_mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode); wider_mode != VOIDmode;
|
|
|
|
|
wider_mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (wider_mode))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (binoptab->handlers[(int) wider_mode].insn_code
|
|
|
|
|
!= CODE_FOR_nothing)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
register rtx t0 = gen_reg_rtx (wider_mode);
|
|
|
|
|
register rtx t1 = gen_reg_rtx (wider_mode);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (expand_twoval_binop (binoptab,
|
|
|
|
|
convert_modes (wider_mode, mode, op0,
|
|
|
|
|
unsignedp),
|
|
|
|
|
convert_modes (wider_mode, mode, op1,
|
|
|
|
|
unsignedp),
|
|
|
|
|
t0, t1, unsignedp))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
convert_move (targ0, t0, unsignedp);
|
|
|
|
|
convert_move (targ1, t1, unsignedp);
|
|
|
|
|
return 1;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
delete_insns_since (last);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
delete_insns_since (entry_last);
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Generate code to perform an operation specified by UNOPTAB
|
|
|
|
|
on operand OP0, with result having machine-mode MODE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UNSIGNEDP is for the case where we have to widen the operands
|
|
|
|
|
to perform the operation. It says to use zero-extension.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If TARGET is nonzero, the value
|
|
|
|
|
is generated there, if it is convenient to do so.
|
|
|
|
|
In all cases an rtx is returned for the locus of the value;
|
|
|
|
|
this may or may not be TARGET. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
expand_unop (mode, unoptab, op0, target, unsignedp)
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode mode;
|
|
|
|
|
optab unoptab;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx op0;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx target;
|
|
|
|
|
int unsignedp;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
enum mode_class class;
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode wider_mode;
|
|
|
|
|
register rtx temp;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx last = get_last_insn ();
|
|
|
|
|
rtx pat;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
class = GET_MODE_CLASS (mode);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
op0 = protect_from_queue (op0, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (flag_force_mem)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
op0 = force_not_mem (op0);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (target)
|
|
|
|
|
target = protect_from_queue (target, 1);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (unoptab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code != CODE_FOR_nothing)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
int icode = (int) unoptab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code;
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode mode0 = insn_operand_mode[icode][1];
|
|
|
|
|
rtx xop0 = op0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (target)
|
|
|
|
|
temp = target;
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
temp = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_MODE (xop0) != VOIDmode
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_MODE (xop0) != mode0)
|
|
|
|
|
xop0 = convert_to_mode (mode0, xop0, unsignedp);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Now, if insn doesn't accept our operand, put it into a pseudo. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (! (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][1]) (xop0, mode0))
|
|
|
|
|
xop0 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode0, xop0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (! (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][0]) (temp, mode))
|
|
|
|
|
temp = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (temp, xop0);
|
|
|
|
|
if (pat)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (pat) == SEQUENCE
|
|
|
|
|
&& ! add_equal_note (pat, temp, unoptab->code, xop0, NULL_RTX))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
delete_insns_since (last);
|
|
|
|
|
return expand_unop (mode, unoptab, op0, NULL_RTX, unsignedp);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
emit_insn (pat);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return temp;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
delete_insns_since (last);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* It can't be done in this mode. Can we open-code it in a wider mode? */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (class == MODE_INT || class == MODE_FLOAT || class == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT)
|
|
|
|
|
for (wider_mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode); wider_mode != VOIDmode;
|
|
|
|
|
wider_mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (wider_mode))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (unoptab->handlers[(int) wider_mode].insn_code != CODE_FOR_nothing)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx xop0 = op0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* For certain operations, we need not actually extend
|
|
|
|
|
the narrow operand, as long as we will truncate the
|
|
|
|
|
results to the same narrowness. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
xop0 = widen_operand (xop0, wider_mode, mode, unsignedp,
|
|
|
|
|
(unoptab == neg_optab
|
|
|
|
|
|| unoptab == one_cmpl_optab)
|
|
|
|
|
&& class == MODE_INT);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
temp = expand_unop (wider_mode, unoptab, xop0, NULL_RTX,
|
|
|
|
|
unsignedp);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (temp)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (class != MODE_INT)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (target == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
target = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
|
|
|
|
|
convert_move (target, temp, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
return target;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
return gen_lowpart (mode, temp);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
delete_insns_since (last);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* These can be done a word at a time. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (unoptab == one_cmpl_optab
|
|
|
|
|
&& class == MODE_INT
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > UNITS_PER_WORD
|
|
|
|
|
&& unoptab->handlers[(int) word_mode].insn_code != CODE_FOR_nothing)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx insns;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (target == 0 || target == op0)
|
|
|
|
|
target = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
start_sequence ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Do the actual arithmetic. */
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) / BITS_PER_WORD; i++)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx target_piece = operand_subword (target, i, 1, mode);
|
|
|
|
|
rtx x = expand_unop (word_mode, unoptab,
|
|
|
|
|
operand_subword_force (op0, i, mode),
|
|
|
|
|
target_piece, unsignedp);
|
|
|
|
|
if (target_piece != x)
|
|
|
|
|
emit_move_insn (target_piece, x);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
insns = get_insns ();
|
|
|
|
|
end_sequence ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
emit_no_conflict_block (insns, target, op0, NULL_RTX,
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
gen_rtx_fmt_e (unoptab->code, mode,
|
|
|
|
|
copy_rtx (op0)));
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
return target;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Open-code the complex negation operation. */
|
|
|
|
|
else if (unoptab == neg_optab
|
|
|
|
|
&& (class == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT || class == MODE_COMPLEX_INT))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx target_piece;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx x;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx seq;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Find the correct mode for the real and imaginary parts */
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode submode
|
|
|
|
|
= mode_for_size (GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode) * BITS_PER_UNIT,
|
|
|
|
|
class == MODE_COMPLEX_INT ? MODE_INT : MODE_FLOAT,
|
|
|
|
|
0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (submode == BLKmode)
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (target == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
target = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
start_sequence ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
target_piece = gen_imagpart (submode, target);
|
|
|
|
|
x = expand_unop (submode, unoptab,
|
|
|
|
|
gen_imagpart (submode, op0),
|
|
|
|
|
target_piece, unsignedp);
|
|
|
|
|
if (target_piece != x)
|
|
|
|
|
emit_move_insn (target_piece, x);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
target_piece = gen_realpart (submode, target);
|
|
|
|
|
x = expand_unop (submode, unoptab,
|
|
|
|
|
gen_realpart (submode, op0),
|
|
|
|
|
target_piece, unsignedp);
|
|
|
|
|
if (target_piece != x)
|
|
|
|
|
emit_move_insn (target_piece, x);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
seq = get_insns ();
|
|
|
|
|
end_sequence ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
emit_no_conflict_block (seq, target, op0, 0,
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
gen_rtx_fmt_e (unoptab->code, mode,
|
|
|
|
|
copy_rtx (op0)));
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
return target;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Now try a library call in this mode. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (unoptab->handlers[(int) mode].libfunc)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx insns;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx value;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
start_sequence ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Pass 1 for NO_QUEUE so we don't lose any increments
|
|
|
|
|
if the libcall is cse'd or moved. */
|
|
|
|
|
value = emit_library_call_value (unoptab->handlers[(int) mode].libfunc,
|
|
|
|
|
NULL_RTX, 1, mode, 1, op0, mode);
|
|
|
|
|
insns = get_insns ();
|
|
|
|
|
end_sequence ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
target = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
|
|
|
|
|
emit_libcall_block (insns, target, value,
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
gen_rtx_fmt_e (unoptab->code, mode, op0));
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return target;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* It can't be done in this mode. Can we do it in a wider mode? */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (class == MODE_INT || class == MODE_FLOAT || class == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
for (wider_mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode); wider_mode != VOIDmode;
|
|
|
|
|
wider_mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (wider_mode))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if ((unoptab->handlers[(int) wider_mode].insn_code
|
|
|
|
|
!= CODE_FOR_nothing)
|
|
|
|
|
|| unoptab->handlers[(int) wider_mode].libfunc)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx xop0 = op0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* For certain operations, we need not actually extend
|
|
|
|
|
the narrow operand, as long as we will truncate the
|
|
|
|
|
results to the same narrowness. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
xop0 = widen_operand (xop0, wider_mode, mode, unsignedp,
|
|
|
|
|
(unoptab == neg_optab
|
|
|
|
|
|| unoptab == one_cmpl_optab)
|
|
|
|
|
&& class == MODE_INT);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
temp = expand_unop (wider_mode, unoptab, xop0, NULL_RTX,
|
|
|
|
|
unsignedp);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (temp)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (class != MODE_INT)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (target == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
target = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
|
|
|
|
|
convert_move (target, temp, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
return target;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
return gen_lowpart (mode, temp);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
delete_insns_since (last);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If there is no negate operation, try doing a subtract from zero.
|
|
|
|
|
The US Software GOFAST library needs this. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (unoptab == neg_optab)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx temp;
|
|
|
|
|
temp = expand_binop (mode, sub_optab, CONST0_RTX (mode), op0,
|
|
|
|
|
target, unsignedp, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
|
|
|
|
|
if (temp)
|
|
|
|
|
return temp;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Emit code to compute the absolute value of OP0, with result to
|
|
|
|
|
TARGET if convenient. (TARGET may be 0.) The return value says
|
|
|
|
|
where the result actually is to be found.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MODE is the mode of the operand; the mode of the result is
|
|
|
|
|
different but can be deduced from MODE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*/
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
expand_abs (mode, op0, target, safe)
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode mode;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx op0;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx target;
|
|
|
|
|
int safe;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx temp, op1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* First try to do it with a special abs instruction. */
|
|
|
|
|
temp = expand_unop (mode, abs_optab, op0, target, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
if (temp != 0)
|
|
|
|
|
return temp;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If this machine has expensive jumps, we can do integer absolute
|
|
|
|
|
value of X as (((signed) x >> (W-1)) ^ x) - ((signed) x >> (W-1)),
|
|
|
|
|
where W is the width of MODE. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && BRANCH_COST >= 2)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx extended = expand_shift (RSHIFT_EXPR, mode, op0,
|
|
|
|
|
size_int (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) - 1),
|
|
|
|
|
NULL_RTX, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
temp = expand_binop (mode, xor_optab, extended, op0, target, 0,
|
|
|
|
|
OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
|
|
|
|
|
if (temp != 0)
|
|
|
|
|
temp = expand_binop (mode, sub_optab, temp, extended, target, 0,
|
|
|
|
|
OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (temp != 0)
|
|
|
|
|
return temp;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If that does not win, use conditional jump and negate. */
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* It is safe to use the target if it is the same
|
|
|
|
|
as the source if this is also a pseudo register */
|
|
|
|
|
if (op0 == target && GET_CODE (op0) == REG
|
|
|
|
|
&& REGNO (op0) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
|
|
|
|
|
safe = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
op1 = gen_label_rtx ();
|
|
|
|
|
if (target == 0 || ! safe
|
|
|
|
|
|| GET_MODE (target) != mode
|
|
|
|
|
|| (GET_CODE (target) == MEM && MEM_VOLATILE_P (target))
|
|
|
|
|
|| (GET_CODE (target) == REG
|
|
|
|
|
&& REGNO (target) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER))
|
|
|
|
|
target = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
emit_move_insn (target, op0);
|
|
|
|
|
NO_DEFER_POP;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If this mode is an integer too wide to compare properly,
|
|
|
|
|
compare word by word. Rely on CSE to optimize constant cases. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && ! can_compare_p (mode))
|
|
|
|
|
do_jump_by_parts_greater_rtx (mode, 0, target, const0_rtx,
|
|
|
|
|
NULL_RTX, op1);
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
temp = compare_from_rtx (target, CONST0_RTX (mode), GE, 0, mode,
|
|
|
|
|
NULL_RTX, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
if (temp == const1_rtx)
|
|
|
|
|
return target;
|
|
|
|
|
else if (temp != const0_rtx)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (bcc_gen_fctn[(int) GET_CODE (temp)] != 0)
|
|
|
|
|
emit_jump_insn ((*bcc_gen_fctn[(int) GET_CODE (temp)]) (op1));
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
op0 = expand_unop (mode, neg_optab, target, target, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
if (op0 != target)
|
|
|
|
|
emit_move_insn (target, op0);
|
|
|
|
|
emit_label (op1);
|
|
|
|
|
OK_DEFER_POP;
|
|
|
|
|
return target;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Emit code to compute the absolute value of OP0, with result to
|
|
|
|
|
TARGET if convenient. (TARGET may be 0.) The return value says
|
|
|
|
|
where the result actually is to be found.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MODE is the mode of the operand; the mode of the result is
|
|
|
|
|
different but can be deduced from MODE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UNSIGNEDP is relevant for complex integer modes. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
expand_complex_abs (mode, op0, target, unsignedp)
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode mode;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx op0;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx target;
|
|
|
|
|
int unsignedp;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
enum mode_class class = GET_MODE_CLASS (mode);
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode wider_mode;
|
|
|
|
|
register rtx temp;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx entry_last = get_last_insn ();
|
|
|
|
|
rtx last;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx pat;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Find the correct mode for the real and imaginary parts. */
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode submode
|
|
|
|
|
= mode_for_size (GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode) * BITS_PER_UNIT,
|
|
|
|
|
class == MODE_COMPLEX_INT ? MODE_INT : MODE_FLOAT,
|
|
|
|
|
0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (submode == BLKmode)
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
op0 = protect_from_queue (op0, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (flag_force_mem)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
op0 = force_not_mem (op0);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
last = get_last_insn ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (target)
|
|
|
|
|
target = protect_from_queue (target, 1);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (abs_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code != CODE_FOR_nothing)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
int icode = (int) abs_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code;
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode mode0 = insn_operand_mode[icode][1];
|
|
|
|
|
rtx xop0 = op0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (target)
|
|
|
|
|
temp = target;
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
temp = gen_reg_rtx (submode);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_MODE (xop0) != VOIDmode
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_MODE (xop0) != mode0)
|
|
|
|
|
xop0 = convert_to_mode (mode0, xop0, unsignedp);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Now, if insn doesn't accept our operand, put it into a pseudo. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (! (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][1]) (xop0, mode0))
|
|
|
|
|
xop0 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode0, xop0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (! (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][0]) (temp, submode))
|
|
|
|
|
temp = gen_reg_rtx (submode);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (temp, xop0);
|
|
|
|
|
if (pat)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (pat) == SEQUENCE
|
|
|
|
|
&& ! add_equal_note (pat, temp, abs_optab->code, xop0, NULL_RTX))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
delete_insns_since (last);
|
|
|
|
|
return expand_unop (mode, abs_optab, op0, NULL_RTX, unsignedp);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
emit_insn (pat);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return temp;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
delete_insns_since (last);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* It can't be done in this mode. Can we open-code it in a wider mode? */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (wider_mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode); wider_mode != VOIDmode;
|
|
|
|
|
wider_mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (wider_mode))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (abs_optab->handlers[(int) wider_mode].insn_code != CODE_FOR_nothing)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx xop0 = op0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
xop0 = convert_modes (wider_mode, mode, xop0, unsignedp);
|
|
|
|
|
temp = expand_complex_abs (wider_mode, xop0, NULL_RTX, unsignedp);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (temp)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (class != MODE_COMPLEX_INT)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (target == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
target = gen_reg_rtx (submode);
|
|
|
|
|
convert_move (target, temp, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
return target;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
return gen_lowpart (submode, temp);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
delete_insns_since (last);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Open-code the complex absolute-value operation
|
|
|
|
|
if we can open-code sqrt. Otherwise it's not worth while. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (sqrt_optab->handlers[(int) submode].insn_code != CODE_FOR_nothing)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx real, imag, total;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
real = gen_realpart (submode, op0);
|
|
|
|
|
imag = gen_imagpart (submode, op0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Square both parts. */
|
|
|
|
|
real = expand_mult (submode, real, real, NULL_RTX, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
imag = expand_mult (submode, imag, imag, NULL_RTX, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Sum the parts. */
|
|
|
|
|
total = expand_binop (submode, add_optab, real, imag, NULL_RTX,
|
|
|
|
|
0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Get sqrt in TARGET. Set TARGET to where the result is. */
|
|
|
|
|
target = expand_unop (submode, sqrt_optab, total, target, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
if (target == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
delete_insns_since (last);
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
return target;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Now try a library call in this mode. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (abs_optab->handlers[(int) mode].libfunc)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx insns;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx value;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
start_sequence ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Pass 1 for NO_QUEUE so we don't lose any increments
|
|
|
|
|
if the libcall is cse'd or moved. */
|
|
|
|
|
value = emit_library_call_value (abs_optab->handlers[(int) mode].libfunc,
|
|
|
|
|
NULL_RTX, 1, submode, 1, op0, mode);
|
|
|
|
|
insns = get_insns ();
|
|
|
|
|
end_sequence ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
target = gen_reg_rtx (submode);
|
|
|
|
|
emit_libcall_block (insns, target, value,
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
gen_rtx_fmt_e (abs_optab->code, mode, op0));
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return target;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* It can't be done in this mode. Can we do it in a wider mode? */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (wider_mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode); wider_mode != VOIDmode;
|
|
|
|
|
wider_mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (wider_mode))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if ((abs_optab->handlers[(int) wider_mode].insn_code
|
|
|
|
|
!= CODE_FOR_nothing)
|
|
|
|
|
|| abs_optab->handlers[(int) wider_mode].libfunc)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx xop0 = op0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
xop0 = convert_modes (wider_mode, mode, xop0, unsignedp);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
temp = expand_complex_abs (wider_mode, xop0, NULL_RTX, unsignedp);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (temp)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (class != MODE_COMPLEX_INT)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (target == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
target = gen_reg_rtx (submode);
|
|
|
|
|
convert_move (target, temp, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
return target;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
return gen_lowpart (submode, temp);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
delete_insns_since (last);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
delete_insns_since (entry_last);
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Generate an instruction whose insn-code is INSN_CODE,
|
|
|
|
|
with two operands: an output TARGET and an input OP0.
|
|
|
|
|
TARGET *must* be nonzero, and the output is always stored there.
|
|
|
|
|
CODE is an rtx code such that (CODE OP0) is an rtx that describes
|
|
|
|
|
the value that is stored into TARGET. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
emit_unop_insn (icode, target, op0, code)
|
|
|
|
|
int icode;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx target;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx op0;
|
|
|
|
|
enum rtx_code code;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
register rtx temp;
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode mode0 = insn_operand_mode[icode][1];
|
|
|
|
|
rtx pat;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
temp = target = protect_from_queue (target, 1);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
op0 = protect_from_queue (op0, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Sign and zero extension from memory is often done specially on
|
|
|
|
|
RISC machines, so forcing into a register here can pessimize
|
|
|
|
|
code. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (flag_force_mem && code != SIGN_EXTEND && code != ZERO_EXTEND)
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
op0 = force_not_mem (op0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Now, if insn does not accept our operands, put them into pseudos. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (! (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][1]) (op0, mode0))
|
|
|
|
|
op0 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode0, op0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (! (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][0]) (temp, GET_MODE (temp))
|
|
|
|
|
|| (flag_force_mem && GET_CODE (temp) == MEM))
|
|
|
|
|
temp = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (temp));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (temp, op0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (pat) == SEQUENCE && code != UNKNOWN)
|
|
|
|
|
add_equal_note (pat, temp, code, op0, NULL_RTX);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
emit_insn (pat);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (temp != target)
|
|
|
|
|
emit_move_insn (target, temp);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Emit code to perform a series of operations on a multi-word quantity, one
|
|
|
|
|
word at a time.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Such a block is preceded by a CLOBBER of the output, consists of multiple
|
|
|
|
|
insns, each setting one word of the output, and followed by a SET copying
|
|
|
|
|
the output to itself.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Each of the insns setting words of the output receives a REG_NO_CONFLICT
|
|
|
|
|
note indicating that it doesn't conflict with the (also multi-word)
|
|
|
|
|
inputs. The entire block is surrounded by REG_LIBCALL and REG_RETVAL
|
|
|
|
|
notes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INSNS is a block of code generated to perform the operation, not including
|
|
|
|
|
the CLOBBER and final copy. All insns that compute intermediate values
|
|
|
|
|
are first emitted, followed by the block as described above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TARGET, OP0, and OP1 are the output and inputs of the operations,
|
|
|
|
|
respectively. OP1 may be zero for a unary operation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EQUIV, if non-zero, is an expression to be placed into a REG_EQUAL note
|
|
|
|
|
on the last insn.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If TARGET is not a register, INSNS is simply emitted with no special
|
|
|
|
|
processing. Likewise if anything in INSNS is not an INSN or if
|
|
|
|
|
there is a libcall block inside INSNS.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The final insn emitted is returned. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
emit_no_conflict_block (insns, target, op0, op1, equiv)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx insns;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx target;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx op0, op1;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx equiv;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx prev, next, first, last, insn;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (target) != REG || reload_in_progress)
|
|
|
|
|
return emit_insns (insns);
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
for (insn = insns; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (insn) != INSN
|
|
|
|
|
|| find_reg_note (insn, REG_LIBCALL, NULL_RTX))
|
|
|
|
|
return emit_insns (insns);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* First emit all insns that do not store into words of the output and remove
|
|
|
|
|
these from the list. */
|
|
|
|
|
for (insn = insns; insn; insn = next)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx set = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
next = NEXT_INSN (insn);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
|
|
|
|
|
set = PATTERN (insn);
|
|
|
|
|
else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0); i++)
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
set = XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (set == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (! reg_overlap_mentioned_p (target, SET_DEST (set)))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (PREV_INSN (insn))
|
|
|
|
|
NEXT_INSN (PREV_INSN (insn)) = next;
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
insns = next;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (next)
|
|
|
|
|
PREV_INSN (next) = PREV_INSN (insn);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
add_insn (insn);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
prev = get_last_insn ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Now write the CLOBBER of the output, followed by the setting of each
|
|
|
|
|
of the words, followed by the final copy. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (target != op0 && target != op1)
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
emit_insn (gen_rtx_CLOBBER (VOIDmode, target));
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (insn = insns; insn; insn = next)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
next = NEXT_INSN (insn);
|
|
|
|
|
add_insn (insn);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (op1 && GET_CODE (op1) == REG)
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
REG_NOTES (insn) = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_NO_CONFLICT, op1,
|
|
|
|
|
REG_NOTES (insn));
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (op0 && GET_CODE (op0) == REG)
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
REG_NOTES (insn) = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_NO_CONFLICT, op0,
|
|
|
|
|
REG_NOTES (insn));
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (mov_optab->handlers[(int) GET_MODE (target)].insn_code
|
|
|
|
|
!= CODE_FOR_nothing)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
last = emit_move_insn (target, target);
|
|
|
|
|
if (equiv)
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
set_unique_reg_note (last, REG_EQUAL, equiv);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
last = get_last_insn ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (prev == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
first = get_insns ();
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
first = NEXT_INSN (prev);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Encapsulate the block so it gets manipulated as a unit. */
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
REG_NOTES (first) = gen_rtx_INSN_LIST (REG_LIBCALL, last,
|
|
|
|
|
REG_NOTES (first));
|
|
|
|
|
REG_NOTES (last) = gen_rtx_INSN_LIST (REG_RETVAL, first, REG_NOTES (last));
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return last;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Emit code to make a call to a constant function or a library call.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INSNS is a list containing all insns emitted in the call.
|
|
|
|
|
These insns leave the result in RESULT. Our block is to copy RESULT
|
|
|
|
|
to TARGET, which is logically equivalent to EQUIV.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We first emit any insns that set a pseudo on the assumption that these are
|
|
|
|
|
loading constants into registers; doing so allows them to be safely cse'ed
|
|
|
|
|
between blocks. Then we emit all the other insns in the block, followed by
|
|
|
|
|
an insn to move RESULT to TARGET. This last insn will have a REQ_EQUAL
|
|
|
|
|
note with an operand of EQUIV.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Moving assignments to pseudos outside of the block is done to improve
|
|
|
|
|
the generated code, but is not required to generate correct code,
|
|
|
|
|
hence being unable to move an assignment is not grounds for not making
|
|
|
|
|
a libcall block. There are two reasons why it is safe to leave these
|
|
|
|
|
insns inside the block: First, we know that these pseudos cannot be
|
|
|
|
|
used in generated RTL outside the block since they are created for
|
|
|
|
|
temporary purposes within the block. Second, CSE will not record the
|
|
|
|
|
values of anything set inside a libcall block, so we know they must
|
|
|
|
|
be dead at the end of the block.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Except for the first group of insns (the ones setting pseudos), the
|
|
|
|
|
block is delimited by REG_RETVAL and REG_LIBCALL notes. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
emit_libcall_block (insns, target, result, equiv)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx insns;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx target;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx result;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx equiv;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx prev, next, first, last, insn;
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* look for any CALL_INSNs in this sequence, and attach a REG_EH_REGION
|
|
|
|
|
reg note to indicate that this call cannot throw. (Unless there is
|
|
|
|
|
already a REG_EH_REGION note.) */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (insn = insns; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx note = find_reg_note (insn, REG_EH_REGION, NULL_RTX);
|
|
|
|
|
if (note == NULL_RTX)
|
|
|
|
|
REG_NOTES (insn) = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_EH_REGION, GEN_INT (-1),
|
|
|
|
|
REG_NOTES (insn));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* First emit all insns that set pseudos. Remove them from the list as
|
|
|
|
|
we go. Avoid insns that set pseudos which were referenced in previous
|
|
|
|
|
insns. These can be generated by move_by_pieces, for example,
|
|
|
|
|
to update an address. Similarly, avoid insns that reference things
|
|
|
|
|
set in previous insns. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (insn = insns; insn; insn = next)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx set = single_set (insn);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
next = NEXT_INSN (insn);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (set != 0 && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set)) == REG
|
|
|
|
|
&& REGNO (SET_DEST (set)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
|
|
|
|
|
&& (insn == insns
|
|
|
|
|
|| (! reg_mentioned_p (SET_DEST (set), PATTERN (insns))
|
|
|
|
|
&& ! reg_used_between_p (SET_DEST (set), insns, insn)
|
|
|
|
|
&& ! modified_in_p (SET_SRC (set), insns)
|
|
|
|
|
&& ! modified_between_p (SET_SRC (set), insns, insn))))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (PREV_INSN (insn))
|
|
|
|
|
NEXT_INSN (PREV_INSN (insn)) = next;
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
insns = next;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (next)
|
|
|
|
|
PREV_INSN (next) = PREV_INSN (insn);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
add_insn (insn);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
prev = get_last_insn ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Write the remaining insns followed by the final copy. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (insn = insns; insn; insn = next)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
next = NEXT_INSN (insn);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
add_insn (insn);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
last = emit_move_insn (target, result);
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (mov_optab->handlers[(int) GET_MODE (target)].insn_code
|
|
|
|
|
!= CODE_FOR_nothing)
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
set_unique_reg_note (last, REG_EQUAL, copy_rtx (equiv));
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (prev == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
first = get_insns ();
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
first = NEXT_INSN (prev);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Encapsulate the block so it gets manipulated as a unit. */
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
REG_NOTES (first) = gen_rtx_INSN_LIST (REG_LIBCALL, last,
|
|
|
|
|
REG_NOTES (first));
|
|
|
|
|
REG_NOTES (last) = gen_rtx_INSN_LIST (REG_RETVAL, first, REG_NOTES (last));
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Generate code to store zero in X. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
emit_clr_insn (x)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx x;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
emit_move_insn (x, const0_rtx);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Generate code to store 1 in X
|
|
|
|
|
assuming it contains zero beforehand. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
emit_0_to_1_insn (x)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx x;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
emit_move_insn (x, const1_rtx);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Generate code to compare X with Y
|
|
|
|
|
so that the condition codes are set.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MODE is the mode of the inputs (in case they are const_int).
|
|
|
|
|
UNSIGNEDP nonzero says that X and Y are unsigned;
|
|
|
|
|
this matters if they need to be widened.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If they have mode BLKmode, then SIZE specifies the size of both X and Y,
|
|
|
|
|
and ALIGN specifies the known shared alignment of X and Y.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
COMPARISON is the rtl operator to compare with (EQ, NE, GT, etc.).
|
|
|
|
|
It is ignored for fixed-point and block comparisons;
|
|
|
|
|
it is used only for floating-point comparisons. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
emit_cmp_insn (x, y, comparison, size, mode, unsignedp, align)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx x, y;
|
|
|
|
|
enum rtx_code comparison;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx size;
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode mode;
|
|
|
|
|
int unsignedp;
|
|
|
|
|
int align;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
enum mode_class class;
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode wider_mode;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
class = GET_MODE_CLASS (mode);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* They could both be VOIDmode if both args are immediate constants,
|
|
|
|
|
but we should fold that at an earlier stage.
|
|
|
|
|
With no special code here, this will call abort,
|
|
|
|
|
reminding the programmer to implement such folding. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (mode != BLKmode && flag_force_mem)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
x = force_not_mem (x);
|
|
|
|
|
y = force_not_mem (y);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If we are inside an appropriately-short loop and one operand is an
|
|
|
|
|
expensive constant, force it into a register. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (CONSTANT_P (x) && preserve_subexpressions_p () && rtx_cost (x, COMPARE) > 2)
|
|
|
|
|
x = force_reg (mode, x);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (CONSTANT_P (y) && preserve_subexpressions_p () && rtx_cost (y, COMPARE) > 2)
|
|
|
|
|
y = force_reg (mode, y);
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_cc0
|
|
|
|
|
/* Abort if we have a non-canonical comparison. The RTL documentation
|
|
|
|
|
states that canonical comparisons are required only for targets which
|
|
|
|
|
have cc0. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (CONSTANT_P (x) && ! CONSTANT_P (y))
|
|
|
|
|
abort();
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Don't let both operands fail to indicate the mode. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_MODE (x) == VOIDmode && GET_MODE (y) == VOIDmode)
|
|
|
|
|
x = force_reg (mode, x);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Handle all BLKmode compares. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (mode == BLKmode)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
emit_queue ();
|
|
|
|
|
x = protect_from_queue (x, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
y = protect_from_queue (y, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (size == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_cmpstrqi
|
|
|
|
|
if (HAVE_cmpstrqi
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT
|
|
|
|
|
&& INTVAL (size) < (1 << GET_MODE_BITSIZE (QImode)))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode result_mode
|
|
|
|
|
= insn_operand_mode[(int) CODE_FOR_cmpstrqi][0];
|
|
|
|
|
rtx result = gen_reg_rtx (result_mode);
|
|
|
|
|
emit_insn (gen_cmpstrqi (result, x, y, size, GEN_INT (align)));
|
|
|
|
|
emit_cmp_insn (result, const0_rtx, comparison, NULL_RTX,
|
|
|
|
|
result_mode, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_cmpstrhi
|
|
|
|
|
if (HAVE_cmpstrhi
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT
|
|
|
|
|
&& INTVAL (size) < (1 << GET_MODE_BITSIZE (HImode)))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode result_mode
|
|
|
|
|
= insn_operand_mode[(int) CODE_FOR_cmpstrhi][0];
|
|
|
|
|
rtx result = gen_reg_rtx (result_mode);
|
|
|
|
|
emit_insn (gen_cmpstrhi (result, x, y, size, GEN_INT (align)));
|
|
|
|
|
emit_cmp_insn (result, const0_rtx, comparison, NULL_RTX,
|
|
|
|
|
result_mode, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_cmpstrsi
|
|
|
|
|
if (HAVE_cmpstrsi)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode result_mode
|
|
|
|
|
= insn_operand_mode[(int) CODE_FOR_cmpstrsi][0];
|
|
|
|
|
rtx result = gen_reg_rtx (result_mode);
|
|
|
|
|
size = protect_from_queue (size, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
emit_insn (gen_cmpstrsi (result, x, y,
|
|
|
|
|
convert_to_mode (SImode, size, 1),
|
|
|
|
|
GEN_INT (align)));
|
|
|
|
|
emit_cmp_insn (result, const0_rtx, comparison, NULL_RTX,
|
|
|
|
|
result_mode, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx result;
|
|
|
|
|
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
#ifdef TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS
|
|
|
|
|
emit_library_call (memcmp_libfunc, 0,
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node), 3,
|
|
|
|
|
XEXP (x, 0), Pmode, XEXP (y, 0), Pmode,
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
convert_to_mode (TYPE_MODE (sizetype), size,
|
|
|
|
|
TREE_UNSIGNED (sizetype)),
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_MODE (sizetype));
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
|
emit_library_call (bcmp_libfunc, 0,
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node), 3,
|
|
|
|
|
XEXP (x, 0), Pmode, XEXP (y, 0), Pmode,
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
convert_to_mode (TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node),
|
|
|
|
|
size,
|
|
|
|
|
TREE_UNSIGNED (integer_type_node)),
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node));
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Immediately move the result of the libcall into a pseudo
|
|
|
|
|
register so reload doesn't clobber the value if it needs
|
|
|
|
|
the return register for a spill reg. */
|
|
|
|
|
result = gen_reg_rtx (TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node));
|
|
|
|
|
emit_move_insn (result,
|
|
|
|
|
hard_libcall_value (TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node)));
|
|
|
|
|
emit_cmp_insn (result,
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
const0_rtx, comparison, NULL_RTX,
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node), 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Handle some compares against zero. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (y == CONST0_RTX (mode)
|
|
|
|
|
&& tst_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code != CODE_FOR_nothing)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
int icode = (int) tst_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
emit_queue ();
|
|
|
|
|
x = protect_from_queue (x, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
y = protect_from_queue (y, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Now, if insn does accept these operands, put them into pseudos. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (! (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][0])
|
|
|
|
|
(x, insn_operand_mode[icode][0]))
|
|
|
|
|
x = copy_to_mode_reg (insn_operand_mode[icode][0], x);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
emit_insn (GEN_FCN (icode) (x));
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Handle compares for which there is a directly suitable insn. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (cmp_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code != CODE_FOR_nothing)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
int icode = (int) cmp_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
emit_queue ();
|
|
|
|
|
x = protect_from_queue (x, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
y = protect_from_queue (y, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Now, if insn doesn't accept these operands, put them into pseudos. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (! (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][0])
|
|
|
|
|
(x, insn_operand_mode[icode][0]))
|
|
|
|
|
x = copy_to_mode_reg (insn_operand_mode[icode][0], x);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (! (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][1])
|
|
|
|
|
(y, insn_operand_mode[icode][1]))
|
|
|
|
|
y = copy_to_mode_reg (insn_operand_mode[icode][1], y);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
emit_insn (GEN_FCN (icode) (x, y));
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Try widening if we can find a direct insn that way. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (class == MODE_INT || class == MODE_FLOAT || class == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
for (wider_mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode); wider_mode != VOIDmode;
|
|
|
|
|
wider_mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (wider_mode))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (cmp_optab->handlers[(int) wider_mode].insn_code
|
|
|
|
|
!= CODE_FOR_nothing)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
x = protect_from_queue (x, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
y = protect_from_queue (y, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
x = convert_modes (wider_mode, mode, x, unsignedp);
|
|
|
|
|
y = convert_modes (wider_mode, mode, y, unsignedp);
|
|
|
|
|
emit_cmp_insn (x, y, comparison, NULL_RTX,
|
|
|
|
|
wider_mode, unsignedp, align);
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Handle a lib call just for the mode we are using. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (cmp_optab->handlers[(int) mode].libfunc
|
|
|
|
|
&& class != MODE_FLOAT)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx libfunc = cmp_optab->handlers[(int) mode].libfunc;
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx result;
|
|
|
|
|
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* If we want unsigned, and this mode has a distinct unsigned
|
|
|
|
|
comparison routine, use that. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (unsignedp && ucmp_optab->handlers[(int) mode].libfunc)
|
|
|
|
|
libfunc = ucmp_optab->handlers[(int) mode].libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
emit_library_call (libfunc, 1,
|
|
|
|
|
word_mode, 2, x, mode, y, mode);
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Immediately move the result of the libcall into a pseudo
|
|
|
|
|
register so reload doesn't clobber the value if it needs
|
|
|
|
|
the return register for a spill reg. */
|
|
|
|
|
result = gen_reg_rtx (word_mode);
|
|
|
|
|
emit_move_insn (result, hard_libcall_value (word_mode));
|
|
|
|
|
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Integer comparison returns a result that must be compared against 1,
|
|
|
|
|
so that even if we do an unsigned compare afterward,
|
|
|
|
|
there is still a value that can represent the result "less than". */
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
emit_cmp_insn (result, const1_rtx,
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
comparison, NULL_RTX, word_mode, unsignedp, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (class == MODE_FLOAT)
|
|
|
|
|
emit_float_lib_cmp (x, y, comparison);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Generate code to compare X with Y so that the condition codes are
|
|
|
|
|
set and to jump to LABEL if the condition is true. If X is a
|
|
|
|
|
constant and Y is not a constant, then the comparison is swapped to
|
|
|
|
|
ensure that the comparison RTL has the canonical form.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UNSIGNEDP nonzero says that X and Y are unsigned; this matters if they
|
|
|
|
|
need to be widened by emit_cmp_insn. UNSIGNEDP is also used to select
|
|
|
|
|
the proper branch condition code.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If X and Y have mode BLKmode, then SIZE specifies the size of both X and Y,
|
|
|
|
|
and ALIGN specifies the known shared alignment of X and Y.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MODE is the mode of the inputs (in case they are const_int).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
COMPARISON is the rtl operator to compare with (EQ, NE, GT, etc.). It will
|
|
|
|
|
be passed unchanged to emit_cmp_insn, then potentially converted into an
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned variant based on UNSIGNEDP to select a proper jump instruction. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
emit_cmp_and_jump_insns (x, y, comparison, size, mode, unsignedp, align, label)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx x, y;
|
|
|
|
|
enum rtx_code comparison;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx size;
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode mode;
|
|
|
|
|
int unsignedp;
|
|
|
|
|
int align;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx label;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx op0;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx op1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (CONSTANT_P (x))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Swap operands and condition to ensure canonical RTL. */
|
|
|
|
|
op0 = y;
|
|
|
|
|
op1 = x;
|
|
|
|
|
comparison = swap_condition (comparison);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
op0 = x;
|
|
|
|
|
op1 = y;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_cc0
|
|
|
|
|
/* If OP0 is still a constant, then both X and Y must be constants. Force
|
|
|
|
|
X into a register to avoid aborting in emit_cmp_insn due to non-canonical
|
|
|
|
|
RTL. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (CONSTANT_P (op0))
|
|
|
|
|
op0 = force_reg (mode, op0);
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
emit_cmp_insn (op0, op1, comparison, size, mode, unsignedp, align);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (unsignedp)
|
|
|
|
|
comparison = unsigned_condition (comparison);
|
|
|
|
|
emit_jump_insn ((*bcc_gen_fctn[(int) comparison]) (label));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Nonzero if a compare of mode MODE can be done straightforwardly
|
|
|
|
|
(without splitting it into pieces). */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int
|
|
|
|
|
can_compare_p (mode)
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode mode;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
do
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (cmp_optab->handlers[(int)mode].insn_code != CODE_FOR_nothing)
|
|
|
|
|
return 1;
|
|
|
|
|
mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode);
|
|
|
|
|
} while (mode != VOIDmode);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Emit a library call comparison between floating point X and Y.
|
|
|
|
|
COMPARISON is the rtl operator to compare with (EQ, NE, GT, etc.). */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
emit_float_lib_cmp (x, y, comparison)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx x, y;
|
|
|
|
|
enum rtx_code comparison;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x);
|
|
|
|
|
rtx libfunc = 0;
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx result;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (mode == HFmode)
|
|
|
|
|
switch (comparison)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
case EQ:
|
|
|
|
|
libfunc = eqhf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case NE:
|
|
|
|
|
libfunc = nehf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case GT:
|
|
|
|
|
libfunc = gthf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case GE:
|
|
|
|
|
libfunc = gehf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case LT:
|
|
|
|
|
libfunc = lthf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case LE:
|
|
|
|
|
libfunc = lehf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else if (mode == SFmode)
|
|
|
|
|
switch (comparison)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
case EQ:
|
|
|
|
|
libfunc = eqsf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case NE:
|
|
|
|
|
libfunc = nesf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case GT:
|
|
|
|
|
libfunc = gtsf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case GE:
|
|
|
|
|
libfunc = gesf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case LT:
|
|
|
|
|
libfunc = ltsf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case LE:
|
|
|
|
|
libfunc = lesf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else if (mode == DFmode)
|
|
|
|
|
switch (comparison)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
case EQ:
|
|
|
|
|
libfunc = eqdf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case NE:
|
|
|
|
|
libfunc = nedf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case GT:
|
|
|
|
|
libfunc = gtdf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case GE:
|
|
|
|
|
libfunc = gedf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case LT:
|
|
|
|
|
libfunc = ltdf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case LE:
|
|
|
|
|
libfunc = ledf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else if (mode == XFmode)
|
|
|
|
|
switch (comparison)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
case EQ:
|
|
|
|
|
libfunc = eqxf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case NE:
|
|
|
|
|
libfunc = nexf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case GT:
|
|
|
|
|
libfunc = gtxf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case GE:
|
|
|
|
|
libfunc = gexf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case LT:
|
|
|
|
|
libfunc = ltxf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case LE:
|
|
|
|
|
libfunc = lexf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else if (mode == TFmode)
|
|
|
|
|
switch (comparison)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
case EQ:
|
|
|
|
|
libfunc = eqtf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case NE:
|
|
|
|
|
libfunc = netf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case GT:
|
|
|
|
|
libfunc = gttf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case GE:
|
|
|
|
|
libfunc = getf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case LT:
|
|
|
|
|
libfunc = lttf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case LE:
|
|
|
|
|
libfunc = letf2_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode wider_mode;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (wider_mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode); wider_mode != VOIDmode;
|
|
|
|
|
wider_mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (wider_mode))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if ((cmp_optab->handlers[(int) wider_mode].insn_code
|
|
|
|
|
!= CODE_FOR_nothing)
|
|
|
|
|
|| (cmp_optab->handlers[(int) wider_mode].libfunc != 0))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
x = protect_from_queue (x, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
y = protect_from_queue (y, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
x = convert_to_mode (wider_mode, x, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
y = convert_to_mode (wider_mode, y, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
emit_float_lib_cmp (x, y, comparison);
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (libfunc == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
emit_library_call (libfunc, 1,
|
|
|
|
|
word_mode, 2, x, mode, y, mode);
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Immediately move the result of the libcall into a pseudo
|
|
|
|
|
register so reload doesn't clobber the value if it needs
|
|
|
|
|
the return register for a spill reg. */
|
|
|
|
|
result = gen_reg_rtx (word_mode);
|
|
|
|
|
emit_move_insn (result, hard_libcall_value (word_mode));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
emit_cmp_insn (result, const0_rtx, comparison,
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
NULL_RTX, word_mode, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Generate code to indirectly jump to a location given in the rtx LOC. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
emit_indirect_jump (loc)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx loc;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (! ((*insn_operand_predicate[(int)CODE_FOR_indirect_jump][0])
|
|
|
|
|
(loc, Pmode)))
|
|
|
|
|
loc = copy_to_mode_reg (Pmode, loc);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
emit_jump_insn (gen_indirect_jump (loc));
|
|
|
|
|
emit_barrier ();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_conditional_move
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Emit a conditional move instruction if the machine supports one for that
|
|
|
|
|
condition and machine mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OP0 and OP1 are the operands that should be compared using CODE. CMODE is
|
|
|
|
|
the mode to use should they be constants. If it is VOIDmode, they cannot
|
|
|
|
|
both be constants.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OP2 should be stored in TARGET if the comparison is true, otherwise OP3
|
|
|
|
|
should be stored there. MODE is the mode to use should they be constants.
|
|
|
|
|
If it is VOIDmode, they cannot both be constants.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The result is either TARGET (perhaps modified) or NULL_RTX if the operation
|
|
|
|
|
is not supported. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
emit_conditional_move (target, code, op0, op1, cmode, op2, op3, mode,
|
|
|
|
|
unsignedp)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx target;
|
|
|
|
|
enum rtx_code code;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx op0, op1;
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode cmode;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx op2, op3;
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode mode;
|
|
|
|
|
int unsignedp;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx tem, subtarget, comparison, insn;
|
|
|
|
|
enum insn_code icode;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If one operand is constant, make it the second one. Only do this
|
|
|
|
|
if the other operand is not constant as well. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ((CONSTANT_P (op0) && ! CONSTANT_P (op1))
|
|
|
|
|
|| (GET_CODE (op0) == CONST_INT && GET_CODE (op1) != CONST_INT))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
tem = op0;
|
|
|
|
|
op0 = op1;
|
|
|
|
|
op1 = tem;
|
|
|
|
|
code = swap_condition (code);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (cmode == VOIDmode)
|
|
|
|
|
cmode = GET_MODE (op0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (((CONSTANT_P (op2) && ! CONSTANT_P (op3))
|
|
|
|
|
|| (GET_CODE (op2) == CONST_INT && GET_CODE (op3) != CONST_INT))
|
|
|
|
|
&& (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (op1)) != MODE_FLOAT
|
|
|
|
|
|| TARGET_FLOAT_FORMAT != IEEE_FLOAT_FORMAT || flag_fast_math))
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
tem = op2;
|
|
|
|
|
op2 = op3;
|
|
|
|
|
op3 = tem;
|
|
|
|
|
code = reverse_condition (code);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (mode == VOIDmode)
|
|
|
|
|
mode = GET_MODE (op2);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
icode = movcc_gen_code[mode];
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (icode == CODE_FOR_nothing)
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (flag_force_mem)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
op2 = force_not_mem (op2);
|
|
|
|
|
op3 = force_not_mem (op3);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (target)
|
|
|
|
|
target = protect_from_queue (target, 1);
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
target = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
subtarget = target;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
emit_queue ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
op2 = protect_from_queue (op2, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
op3 = protect_from_queue (op3, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If the insn doesn't accept these operands, put them in pseudos. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (! (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][0])
|
|
|
|
|
(subtarget, insn_operand_mode[icode][0]))
|
|
|
|
|
subtarget = gen_reg_rtx (insn_operand_mode[icode][0]);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (! (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][2])
|
|
|
|
|
(op2, insn_operand_mode[icode][2]))
|
|
|
|
|
op2 = copy_to_mode_reg (insn_operand_mode[icode][2], op2);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (! (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][3])
|
|
|
|
|
(op3, insn_operand_mode[icode][3]))
|
|
|
|
|
op3 = copy_to_mode_reg (insn_operand_mode[icode][3], op3);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Everything should now be in the suitable form, so emit the compare insn
|
|
|
|
|
and then the conditional move. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
comparison
|
|
|
|
|
= compare_from_rtx (op0, op1, code, unsignedp, cmode, NULL_RTX, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* ??? Watch for const0_rtx (nop) and const_true_rtx (unconditional)? */
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (comparison) != code)
|
|
|
|
|
/* This shouldn't happen. */
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
insn = GEN_FCN (icode) (subtarget, comparison, op2, op3);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If that failed, then give up. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (insn == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
emit_insn (insn);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (subtarget != target)
|
|
|
|
|
convert_move (target, subtarget, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return target;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Return non-zero if a conditional move of mode MODE is supported.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This function is for combine so it can tell whether an insn that looks
|
|
|
|
|
like a conditional move is actually supported by the hardware. If we
|
|
|
|
|
guess wrong we lose a bit on optimization, but that's it. */
|
|
|
|
|
/* ??? sparc64 supports conditionally moving integers values based on fp
|
|
|
|
|
comparisons, and vice versa. How do we handle them? */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int
|
|
|
|
|
can_conditionally_move_p (mode)
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode mode;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (movcc_gen_code[mode] != CODE_FOR_nothing)
|
|
|
|
|
return 1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif /* HAVE_conditional_move */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* These three functions generate an insn body and return it
|
|
|
|
|
rather than emitting the insn.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
They do not protect from queued increments,
|
|
|
|
|
because they may be used 1) in protect_from_queue itself
|
|
|
|
|
and 2) in other passes where there is no queue. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Generate and return an insn body to add Y to X. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
gen_add2_insn (x, y)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx x, y;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
int icode = (int) add_optab->handlers[(int) GET_MODE (x)].insn_code;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (! (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][0]) (x, insn_operand_mode[icode][0])
|
|
|
|
|
|| ! (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][1]) (x, insn_operand_mode[icode][1])
|
|
|
|
|
|| ! (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][2]) (y, insn_operand_mode[icode][2]))
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (GEN_FCN (icode) (x, x, y));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int
|
|
|
|
|
have_add2_insn (mode)
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode mode;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
return add_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code != CODE_FOR_nothing;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Generate and return an insn body to subtract Y from X. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
gen_sub2_insn (x, y)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx x, y;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
int icode = (int) sub_optab->handlers[(int) GET_MODE (x)].insn_code;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (! (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][0]) (x, insn_operand_mode[icode][0])
|
|
|
|
|
|| ! (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][1]) (x, insn_operand_mode[icode][1])
|
|
|
|
|
|| ! (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][2]) (y, insn_operand_mode[icode][2]))
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (GEN_FCN (icode) (x, x, y));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int
|
|
|
|
|
have_sub2_insn (mode)
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode mode;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
return sub_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code != CODE_FOR_nothing;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Generate the body of an instruction to copy Y into X.
|
|
|
|
|
It may be a SEQUENCE, if one insn isn't enough. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
gen_move_insn (x, y)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx x, y;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
register enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x);
|
|
|
|
|
enum insn_code insn_code;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx seq;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (mode == VOIDmode)
|
|
|
|
|
mode = GET_MODE (y);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
insn_code = mov_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Handle MODE_CC modes: If we don't have a special move insn for this mode,
|
|
|
|
|
find a mode to do it in. If we have a movcc, use it. Otherwise,
|
|
|
|
|
find the MODE_INT mode of the same width. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_CC && insn_code == CODE_FOR_nothing)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode tmode = VOIDmode;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx x1 = x, y1 = y;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (mode != CCmode
|
|
|
|
|
&& mov_optab->handlers[(int) CCmode].insn_code != CODE_FOR_nothing)
|
|
|
|
|
tmode = CCmode;
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
for (tmode = QImode; tmode != VOIDmode;
|
|
|
|
|
tmode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (tmode))
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_MODE_SIZE (tmode) == GET_MODE_SIZE (mode))
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (tmode == VOIDmode)
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Get X and Y in TMODE. We can't use gen_lowpart here because it
|
|
|
|
|
may call change_address which is not appropriate if we were
|
|
|
|
|
called when a reload was in progress. We don't have to worry
|
|
|
|
|
about changing the address since the size in bytes is supposed to
|
|
|
|
|
be the same. Copy the MEM to change the mode and move any
|
|
|
|
|
substitutions from the old MEM to the new one. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (reload_in_progress)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
x = gen_lowpart_common (tmode, x1);
|
|
|
|
|
if (x == 0 && GET_CODE (x1) == MEM)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
x = gen_rtx_MEM (tmode, XEXP (x1, 0));
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
RTX_UNCHANGING_P (x) = RTX_UNCHANGING_P (x1);
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
MEM_COPY_ATTRIBUTES (x, x1);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
copy_replacements (x1, x);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
y = gen_lowpart_common (tmode, y1);
|
|
|
|
|
if (y == 0 && GET_CODE (y1) == MEM)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
y = gen_rtx_MEM (tmode, XEXP (y1, 0));
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
RTX_UNCHANGING_P (y) = RTX_UNCHANGING_P (y1);
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
MEM_COPY_ATTRIBUTES (y, y1);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
copy_replacements (y1, y);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
x = gen_lowpart (tmode, x);
|
|
|
|
|
y = gen_lowpart (tmode, y);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
insn_code = mov_optab->handlers[(int) tmode].insn_code;
|
|
|
|
|
return (GEN_FCN (insn_code) (x, y));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
start_sequence ();
|
|
|
|
|
emit_move_insn_1 (x, y);
|
|
|
|
|
seq = gen_sequence ();
|
|
|
|
|
end_sequence ();
|
|
|
|
|
return seq;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Return the insn code used to extend FROM_MODE to TO_MODE.
|
|
|
|
|
UNSIGNEDP specifies zero-extension instead of sign-extension. If
|
|
|
|
|
no such operation exists, CODE_FOR_nothing will be returned. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
enum insn_code
|
|
|
|
|
can_extend_p (to_mode, from_mode, unsignedp)
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode to_mode, from_mode;
|
|
|
|
|
int unsignedp;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
return extendtab[(int) to_mode][(int) from_mode][unsignedp];
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Generate the body of an insn to extend Y (with mode MFROM)
|
|
|
|
|
into X (with mode MTO). Do zero-extension if UNSIGNEDP is nonzero. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
gen_extend_insn (x, y, mto, mfrom, unsignedp)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx x, y;
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode mto, mfrom;
|
|
|
|
|
int unsignedp;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
return (GEN_FCN (extendtab[(int) mto][(int) mfrom][unsignedp]) (x, y));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* can_fix_p and can_float_p say whether the target machine
|
|
|
|
|
can directly convert a given fixed point type to
|
|
|
|
|
a given floating point type, or vice versa.
|
|
|
|
|
The returned value is the CODE_FOR_... value to use,
|
|
|
|
|
or CODE_FOR_nothing if these modes cannot be directly converted.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*TRUNCP_PTR is set to 1 if it is necessary to output
|
|
|
|
|
an explicit FTRUNC insn before the fix insn; otherwise 0. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static enum insn_code
|
|
|
|
|
can_fix_p (fixmode, fltmode, unsignedp, truncp_ptr)
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode fltmode, fixmode;
|
|
|
|
|
int unsignedp;
|
|
|
|
|
int *truncp_ptr;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
*truncp_ptr = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
if (fixtrunctab[(int) fltmode][(int) fixmode][unsignedp] != CODE_FOR_nothing)
|
|
|
|
|
return fixtrunctab[(int) fltmode][(int) fixmode][unsignedp];
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (ftrunc_optab->handlers[(int) fltmode].insn_code != CODE_FOR_nothing)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
*truncp_ptr = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
return fixtab[(int) fltmode][(int) fixmode][unsignedp];
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
return CODE_FOR_nothing;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static enum insn_code
|
|
|
|
|
can_float_p (fltmode, fixmode, unsignedp)
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode fixmode, fltmode;
|
|
|
|
|
int unsignedp;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
return floattab[(int) fltmode][(int) fixmode][unsignedp];
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Generate code to convert FROM to floating point
|
|
|
|
|
and store in TO. FROM must be fixed point and not VOIDmode.
|
|
|
|
|
UNSIGNEDP nonzero means regard FROM as unsigned.
|
|
|
|
|
Normally this is done by correcting the final value
|
|
|
|
|
if it is negative. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
expand_float (to, from, unsignedp)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx to, from;
|
|
|
|
|
int unsignedp;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
enum insn_code icode;
|
|
|
|
|
register rtx target = to;
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode fmode, imode;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Crash now, because we won't be able to decide which mode to use. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_MODE (from) == VOIDmode)
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Look for an insn to do the conversion. Do it in the specified
|
|
|
|
|
modes if possible; otherwise convert either input, output or both to
|
|
|
|
|
wider mode. If the integer mode is wider than the mode of FROM,
|
|
|
|
|
we can do the conversion signed even if the input is unsigned. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (imode = GET_MODE (from); imode != VOIDmode;
|
|
|
|
|
imode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (imode))
|
|
|
|
|
for (fmode = GET_MODE (to); fmode != VOIDmode;
|
|
|
|
|
fmode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (fmode))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
int doing_unsigned = unsignedp;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
icode = can_float_p (fmode, imode, unsignedp);
|
|
|
|
|
if (icode == CODE_FOR_nothing && imode != GET_MODE (from) && unsignedp)
|
|
|
|
|
icode = can_float_p (fmode, imode, 0), doing_unsigned = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
to = protect_from_queue (to, 1);
|
|
|
|
|
from = protect_from_queue (from, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (imode != GET_MODE (from))
|
|
|
|
|
from = convert_to_mode (imode, from, unsignedp);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (fmode != GET_MODE (to))
|
|
|
|
|
target = gen_reg_rtx (fmode);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
emit_unop_insn (icode, target, from,
|
|
|
|
|
doing_unsigned ? UNSIGNED_FLOAT : FLOAT);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (target != to)
|
|
|
|
|
convert_move (to, target, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if !defined (REAL_IS_NOT_DOUBLE) || defined (REAL_ARITHMETIC)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Unsigned integer, and no way to convert directly.
|
|
|
|
|
Convert as signed, then conditionally adjust the result. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (unsignedp)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx label = gen_label_rtx ();
|
|
|
|
|
rtx temp;
|
|
|
|
|
REAL_VALUE_TYPE offset;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
emit_queue ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
to = protect_from_queue (to, 1);
|
|
|
|
|
from = protect_from_queue (from, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (flag_force_mem)
|
|
|
|
|
from = force_not_mem (from);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Look for a usable floating mode FMODE wider than the source and at
|
|
|
|
|
least as wide as the target. Using FMODE will avoid rounding woes
|
|
|
|
|
with unsigned values greater than the signed maximum value. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (fmode = GET_MODE (to); fmode != VOIDmode;
|
|
|
|
|
fmode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (fmode))
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (from)) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (fmode)
|
|
|
|
|
&& can_float_p (fmode, GET_MODE (from), 0) != CODE_FOR_nothing)
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (fmode == VOIDmode)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* There is no such mode. Pretend the target is wide enough. */
|
|
|
|
|
fmode = GET_MODE (to);
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Avoid double-rounding when TO is narrower than FROM. */
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if ((significand_size (fmode) + 1)
|
|
|
|
|
< GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (from)))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx temp1;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx neglabel = gen_label_rtx ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Don't use TARGET if it isn't a register, is a hard register,
|
|
|
|
|
or is the wrong mode. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (target) != REG
|
|
|
|
|
|| REGNO (target) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
|
|
|
|
|
|| GET_MODE (target) != fmode)
|
|
|
|
|
target = gen_reg_rtx (fmode);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
imode = GET_MODE (from);
|
|
|
|
|
do_pending_stack_adjust ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Test whether the sign bit is set. */
|
|
|
|
|
emit_cmp_insn (from, const0_rtx, GE, NULL_RTX, imode, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
emit_jump_insn (gen_blt (neglabel));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* The sign bit is not set. Convert as signed. */
|
|
|
|
|
expand_float (target, from, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
emit_jump_insn (gen_jump (label));
|
|
|
|
|
emit_barrier ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* The sign bit is set.
|
|
|
|
|
Convert to a usable (positive signed) value by shifting right
|
|
|
|
|
one bit, while remembering if a nonzero bit was shifted
|
|
|
|
|
out; i.e., compute (from & 1) | (from >> 1). */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
emit_label (neglabel);
|
|
|
|
|
temp = expand_binop (imode, and_optab, from, const1_rtx,
|
|
|
|
|
NULL_RTX, 1, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
|
|
|
|
|
temp1 = expand_shift (RSHIFT_EXPR, imode, from, integer_one_node,
|
|
|
|
|
NULL_RTX, 1);
|
|
|
|
|
temp = expand_binop (imode, ior_optab, temp, temp1, temp, 1,
|
|
|
|
|
OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
|
|
|
|
|
expand_float (target, temp, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Multiply by 2 to undo the shift above. */
|
|
|
|
|
temp = expand_binop (fmode, add_optab, target, target,
|
|
|
|
|
target, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
|
|
|
|
|
if (temp != target)
|
|
|
|
|
emit_move_insn (target, temp);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
do_pending_stack_adjust ();
|
|
|
|
|
emit_label (label);
|
|
|
|
|
goto done;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If we are about to do some arithmetic to correct for an
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned operand, do it in a pseudo-register. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_MODE (to) != fmode
|
|
|
|
|
|| GET_CODE (to) != REG || REGNO (to) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
|
|
|
|
|
target = gen_reg_rtx (fmode);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Convert as signed integer to floating. */
|
|
|
|
|
expand_float (target, from, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If FROM is negative (and therefore TO is negative),
|
|
|
|
|
correct its value by 2**bitwidth. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
do_pending_stack_adjust ();
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
emit_cmp_and_jump_insns (from, const0_rtx, GE, NULL_RTX, GET_MODE (from),
|
|
|
|
|
0, 0, label);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* On SCO 3.2.1, ldexp rejects values outside [0.5, 1).
|
|
|
|
|
Rather than setting up a dconst_dot_5, let's hope SCO
|
|
|
|
|
fixes the bug. */
|
|
|
|
|
offset = REAL_VALUE_LDEXP (dconst1, GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (from)));
|
|
|
|
|
temp = expand_binop (fmode, add_optab, target,
|
|
|
|
|
CONST_DOUBLE_FROM_REAL_VALUE (offset, fmode),
|
|
|
|
|
target, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
|
|
|
|
|
if (temp != target)
|
|
|
|
|
emit_move_insn (target, temp);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
do_pending_stack_adjust ();
|
|
|
|
|
emit_label (label);
|
|
|
|
|
goto done;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* No hardware instruction available; call a library routine to convert from
|
|
|
|
|
SImode, DImode, or TImode into SFmode, DFmode, XFmode, or TFmode. */
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx libfcn;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx insns;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx value;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
to = protect_from_queue (to, 1);
|
|
|
|
|
from = protect_from_queue (from, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (from)) < GET_MODE_SIZE (SImode))
|
|
|
|
|
from = convert_to_mode (SImode, from, unsignedp);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (flag_force_mem)
|
|
|
|
|
from = force_not_mem (from);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_MODE (to) == SFmode)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_MODE (from) == SImode)
|
|
|
|
|
libfcn = floatsisf_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
else if (GET_MODE (from) == DImode)
|
|
|
|
|
libfcn = floatdisf_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
else if (GET_MODE (from) == TImode)
|
|
|
|
|
libfcn = floattisf_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else if (GET_MODE (to) == DFmode)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_MODE (from) == SImode)
|
|
|
|
|
libfcn = floatsidf_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
else if (GET_MODE (from) == DImode)
|
|
|
|
|
libfcn = floatdidf_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
else if (GET_MODE (from) == TImode)
|
|
|
|
|
libfcn = floattidf_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else if (GET_MODE (to) == XFmode)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_MODE (from) == SImode)
|
|
|
|
|
libfcn = floatsixf_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
else if (GET_MODE (from) == DImode)
|
|
|
|
|
libfcn = floatdixf_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
else if (GET_MODE (from) == TImode)
|
|
|
|
|
libfcn = floattixf_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else if (GET_MODE (to) == TFmode)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_MODE (from) == SImode)
|
|
|
|
|
libfcn = floatsitf_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
else if (GET_MODE (from) == DImode)
|
|
|
|
|
libfcn = floatditf_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
else if (GET_MODE (from) == TImode)
|
|
|
|
|
libfcn = floattitf_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
start_sequence ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
value = emit_library_call_value (libfcn, NULL_RTX, 1,
|
|
|
|
|
GET_MODE (to),
|
|
|
|
|
1, from, GET_MODE (from));
|
|
|
|
|
insns = get_insns ();
|
|
|
|
|
end_sequence ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
emit_libcall_block (insns, target, value,
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
gen_rtx_FLOAT (GET_MODE (to), from));
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
done:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Copy result to requested destination
|
|
|
|
|
if we have been computing in a temp location. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (target != to)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_MODE (target) == GET_MODE (to))
|
|
|
|
|
emit_move_insn (to, target);
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
convert_move (to, target, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* expand_fix: generate code to convert FROM to fixed point
|
|
|
|
|
and store in TO. FROM must be floating point. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static rtx
|
|
|
|
|
ftruncify (x)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx x;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx temp = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (x));
|
|
|
|
|
return expand_unop (GET_MODE (x), ftrunc_optab, x, temp, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
expand_fix (to, from, unsignedp)
|
|
|
|
|
register rtx to, from;
|
|
|
|
|
int unsignedp;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
enum insn_code icode;
|
|
|
|
|
register rtx target = to;
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode fmode, imode;
|
|
|
|
|
int must_trunc = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx libfcn = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* We first try to find a pair of modes, one real and one integer, at
|
|
|
|
|
least as wide as FROM and TO, respectively, in which we can open-code
|
|
|
|
|
this conversion. If the integer mode is wider than the mode of TO,
|
|
|
|
|
we can do the conversion either signed or unsigned. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (imode = GET_MODE (to); imode != VOIDmode;
|
|
|
|
|
imode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (imode))
|
|
|
|
|
for (fmode = GET_MODE (from); fmode != VOIDmode;
|
|
|
|
|
fmode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (fmode))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
int doing_unsigned = unsignedp;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
icode = can_fix_p (imode, fmode, unsignedp, &must_trunc);
|
|
|
|
|
if (icode == CODE_FOR_nothing && imode != GET_MODE (to) && unsignedp)
|
|
|
|
|
icode = can_fix_p (imode, fmode, 0, &must_trunc), doing_unsigned = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
to = protect_from_queue (to, 1);
|
|
|
|
|
from = protect_from_queue (from, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (fmode != GET_MODE (from))
|
|
|
|
|
from = convert_to_mode (fmode, from, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (must_trunc)
|
|
|
|
|
from = ftruncify (from);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (imode != GET_MODE (to))
|
|
|
|
|
target = gen_reg_rtx (imode);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
emit_unop_insn (icode, target, from,
|
|
|
|
|
doing_unsigned ? UNSIGNED_FIX : FIX);
|
|
|
|
|
if (target != to)
|
|
|
|
|
convert_move (to, target, unsignedp);
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if !defined (REAL_IS_NOT_DOUBLE) || defined (REAL_ARITHMETIC)
|
|
|
|
|
/* For an unsigned conversion, there is one more way to do it.
|
|
|
|
|
If we have a signed conversion, we generate code that compares
|
|
|
|
|
the real value to the largest representable positive number. If if
|
|
|
|
|
is smaller, the conversion is done normally. Otherwise, subtract
|
|
|
|
|
one plus the highest signed number, convert, and add it back.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We only need to check all real modes, since we know we didn't find
|
|
|
|
|
anything with a wider integer mode. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (unsignedp && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (to)) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
|
|
|
|
for (fmode = GET_MODE (from); fmode != VOIDmode;
|
|
|
|
|
fmode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (fmode))
|
|
|
|
|
/* Make sure we won't lose significant bits doing this. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (fmode) > GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (to))
|
|
|
|
|
&& CODE_FOR_nothing != can_fix_p (GET_MODE (to), fmode, 0,
|
|
|
|
|
&must_trunc))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
int bitsize;
|
|
|
|
|
REAL_VALUE_TYPE offset;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx limit, lab1, lab2, insn;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bitsize = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (to));
|
|
|
|
|
offset = REAL_VALUE_LDEXP (dconst1, bitsize - 1);
|
|
|
|
|
limit = CONST_DOUBLE_FROM_REAL_VALUE (offset, fmode);
|
|
|
|
|
lab1 = gen_label_rtx ();
|
|
|
|
|
lab2 = gen_label_rtx ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
emit_queue ();
|
|
|
|
|
to = protect_from_queue (to, 1);
|
|
|
|
|
from = protect_from_queue (from, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (flag_force_mem)
|
|
|
|
|
from = force_not_mem (from);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (fmode != GET_MODE (from))
|
|
|
|
|
from = convert_to_mode (fmode, from, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* See if we need to do the subtraction. */
|
|
|
|
|
do_pending_stack_adjust ();
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
emit_cmp_and_jump_insns (from, limit, GE, NULL_RTX, GET_MODE (from),
|
|
|
|
|
0, 0, lab1);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If not, do the signed "fix" and branch around fixup code. */
|
|
|
|
|
expand_fix (to, from, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
emit_jump_insn (gen_jump (lab2));
|
|
|
|
|
emit_barrier ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Otherwise, subtract 2**(N-1), convert to signed number,
|
|
|
|
|
then add 2**(N-1). Do the addition using XOR since this
|
|
|
|
|
will often generate better code. */
|
|
|
|
|
emit_label (lab1);
|
|
|
|
|
target = expand_binop (GET_MODE (from), sub_optab, from, limit,
|
|
|
|
|
NULL_RTX, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
|
|
|
|
|
expand_fix (to, target, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
target = expand_binop (GET_MODE (to), xor_optab, to,
|
|
|
|
|
GEN_INT ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (bitsize - 1)),
|
|
|
|
|
to, 1, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (target != to)
|
|
|
|
|
emit_move_insn (to, target);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
emit_label (lab2);
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (mov_optab->handlers[(int) GET_MODE (to)].insn_code
|
|
|
|
|
!= CODE_FOR_nothing)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Make a place for a REG_NOTE and add it. */
|
|
|
|
|
insn = emit_move_insn (to, to);
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
set_unique_reg_note (insn,
|
|
|
|
|
REG_EQUAL,
|
|
|
|
|
gen_rtx_fmt_e (UNSIGNED_FIX,
|
|
|
|
|
GET_MODE (to),
|
|
|
|
|
copy_rtx (from)));
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* We can't do it with an insn, so use a library call. But first ensure
|
|
|
|
|
that the mode of TO is at least as wide as SImode, since those are the
|
|
|
|
|
only library calls we know about. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (to)) < GET_MODE_SIZE (SImode))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
target = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
expand_fix (target, from, unsignedp);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else if (GET_MODE (from) == SFmode)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_MODE (to) == SImode)
|
|
|
|
|
libfcn = unsignedp ? fixunssfsi_libfunc : fixsfsi_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
else if (GET_MODE (to) == DImode)
|
|
|
|
|
libfcn = unsignedp ? fixunssfdi_libfunc : fixsfdi_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
else if (GET_MODE (to) == TImode)
|
|
|
|
|
libfcn = unsignedp ? fixunssfti_libfunc : fixsfti_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else if (GET_MODE (from) == DFmode)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_MODE (to) == SImode)
|
|
|
|
|
libfcn = unsignedp ? fixunsdfsi_libfunc : fixdfsi_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
else if (GET_MODE (to) == DImode)
|
|
|
|
|
libfcn = unsignedp ? fixunsdfdi_libfunc : fixdfdi_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
else if (GET_MODE (to) == TImode)
|
|
|
|
|
libfcn = unsignedp ? fixunsdfti_libfunc : fixdfti_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else if (GET_MODE (from) == XFmode)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_MODE (to) == SImode)
|
|
|
|
|
libfcn = unsignedp ? fixunsxfsi_libfunc : fixxfsi_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
else if (GET_MODE (to) == DImode)
|
|
|
|
|
libfcn = unsignedp ? fixunsxfdi_libfunc : fixxfdi_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
else if (GET_MODE (to) == TImode)
|
|
|
|
|
libfcn = unsignedp ? fixunsxfti_libfunc : fixxfti_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else if (GET_MODE (from) == TFmode)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_MODE (to) == SImode)
|
|
|
|
|
libfcn = unsignedp ? fixunstfsi_libfunc : fixtfsi_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
else if (GET_MODE (to) == DImode)
|
|
|
|
|
libfcn = unsignedp ? fixunstfdi_libfunc : fixtfdi_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
else if (GET_MODE (to) == TImode)
|
|
|
|
|
libfcn = unsignedp ? fixunstfti_libfunc : fixtfti_libfunc;
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (libfcn)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx insns;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx value;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
to = protect_from_queue (to, 1);
|
|
|
|
|
from = protect_from_queue (from, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (flag_force_mem)
|
|
|
|
|
from = force_not_mem (from);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
start_sequence ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
value = emit_library_call_value (libfcn, NULL_RTX, 1, GET_MODE (to),
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1, from, GET_MODE (from));
|
|
|
|
|
insns = get_insns ();
|
|
|
|
|
end_sequence ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
emit_libcall_block (insns, target, value,
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
gen_rtx_fmt_e (unsignedp ? UNSIGNED_FIX : FIX,
|
|
|
|
|
GET_MODE (to), from));
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (target != to)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_MODE (to) == GET_MODE (target))
|
|
|
|
|
emit_move_insn (to, target);
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
convert_move (to, target, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static optab
|
|
|
|
|
init_optab (code)
|
|
|
|
|
enum rtx_code code;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
|
optab op = (optab) xmalloc (sizeof (struct optab));
|
|
|
|
|
op->code = code;
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < NUM_MACHINE_MODES; i++)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
op->handlers[i].insn_code = CODE_FOR_nothing;
|
|
|
|
|
op->handlers[i].libfunc = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (code != UNKNOWN)
|
|
|
|
|
code_to_optab[(int) code] = op;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return op;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Initialize the libfunc fields of an entire group of entries in some
|
|
|
|
|
optab. Each entry is set equal to a string consisting of a leading
|
|
|
|
|
pair of underscores followed by a generic operation name followed by
|
|
|
|
|
a mode name (downshifted to lower case) followed by a single character
|
|
|
|
|
representing the number of operands for the given operation (which is
|
|
|
|
|
usually one of the characters '2', '3', or '4').
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OPTABLE is the table in which libfunc fields are to be initialized.
|
|
|
|
|
FIRST_MODE is the first machine mode index in the given optab to
|
|
|
|
|
initialize.
|
|
|
|
|
LAST_MODE is the last machine mode index in the given optab to
|
|
|
|
|
initialize.
|
|
|
|
|
OPNAME is the generic (string) name of the operation.
|
|
|
|
|
SUFFIX is the character which specifies the number of operands for
|
|
|
|
|
the given generic operation.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
init_libfuncs (optable, first_mode, last_mode, opname, suffix)
|
|
|
|
|
register optab optable;
|
|
|
|
|
register int first_mode;
|
|
|
|
|
register int last_mode;
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
register const char *opname;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
register int suffix;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
register int mode;
|
|
|
|
|
register unsigned opname_len = strlen (opname);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (mode = first_mode; (int) mode <= (int) last_mode;
|
|
|
|
|
mode = (enum machine_mode) ((int) mode + 1))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
register char *mname = mode_name[(int) mode];
|
|
|
|
|
register unsigned mname_len = strlen (mname);
|
|
|
|
|
register char *libfunc_name
|
|
|
|
|
= (char *) xmalloc (2 + opname_len + mname_len + 1 + 1);
|
|
|
|
|
register char *p;
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
register const char *q;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
p = libfunc_name;
|
|
|
|
|
*p++ = '_';
|
|
|
|
|
*p++ = '_';
|
|
|
|
|
for (q = opname; *q; )
|
|
|
|
|
*p++ = *q++;
|
|
|
|
|
for (q = mname; *q; q++)
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*p++ = tolower ((unsigned char)*q);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*p++ = suffix;
|
|
|
|
|
*p++ = '\0';
|
|
|
|
|
optable->handlers[(int) mode].libfunc
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, libfunc_name);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Initialize the libfunc fields of an entire group of entries in some
|
|
|
|
|
optab which correspond to all integer mode operations. The parameters
|
|
|
|
|
have the same meaning as similarly named ones for the `init_libfuncs'
|
|
|
|
|
routine. (See above). */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
init_integral_libfuncs (optable, opname, suffix)
|
|
|
|
|
register optab optable;
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
register const char *opname;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
register int suffix;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
init_libfuncs (optable, SImode, TImode, opname, suffix);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Initialize the libfunc fields of an entire group of entries in some
|
|
|
|
|
optab which correspond to all real mode operations. The parameters
|
|
|
|
|
have the same meaning as similarly named ones for the `init_libfuncs'
|
|
|
|
|
routine. (See above). */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
init_floating_libfuncs (optable, opname, suffix)
|
|
|
|
|
register optab optable;
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
register const char *opname;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
register int suffix;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
init_libfuncs (optable, SFmode, TFmode, opname, suffix);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Call this once to initialize the contents of the optabs
|
|
|
|
|
appropriately for the current target machine. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
init_optabs ()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FIXUNS_TRUNC_LIKE_FIX_TRUNC
|
|
|
|
|
int j;
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
enum insn_code *p;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Start by initializing all tables to contain CODE_FOR_nothing. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (p = fixtab[0][0];
|
|
|
|
|
p < fixtab[0][0] + sizeof fixtab / sizeof (fixtab[0][0][0]);
|
|
|
|
|
p++)
|
|
|
|
|
*p = CODE_FOR_nothing;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (p = fixtrunctab[0][0];
|
|
|
|
|
p < fixtrunctab[0][0] + sizeof fixtrunctab / sizeof (fixtrunctab[0][0][0]);
|
|
|
|
|
p++)
|
|
|
|
|
*p = CODE_FOR_nothing;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (p = floattab[0][0];
|
|
|
|
|
p < floattab[0][0] + sizeof floattab / sizeof (floattab[0][0][0]);
|
|
|
|
|
p++)
|
|
|
|
|
*p = CODE_FOR_nothing;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (p = extendtab[0][0];
|
|
|
|
|
p < extendtab[0][0] + sizeof extendtab / sizeof extendtab[0][0][0];
|
|
|
|
|
p++)
|
|
|
|
|
*p = CODE_FOR_nothing;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < NUM_RTX_CODE; i++)
|
|
|
|
|
setcc_gen_code[i] = CODE_FOR_nothing;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_conditional_move
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < NUM_MACHINE_MODES; i++)
|
|
|
|
|
movcc_gen_code[i] = CODE_FOR_nothing;
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
add_optab = init_optab (PLUS);
|
|
|
|
|
sub_optab = init_optab (MINUS);
|
|
|
|
|
smul_optab = init_optab (MULT);
|
|
|
|
|
smul_highpart_optab = init_optab (UNKNOWN);
|
|
|
|
|
umul_highpart_optab = init_optab (UNKNOWN);
|
|
|
|
|
smul_widen_optab = init_optab (UNKNOWN);
|
|
|
|
|
umul_widen_optab = init_optab (UNKNOWN);
|
|
|
|
|
sdiv_optab = init_optab (DIV);
|
|
|
|
|
sdivmod_optab = init_optab (UNKNOWN);
|
|
|
|
|
udiv_optab = init_optab (UDIV);
|
|
|
|
|
udivmod_optab = init_optab (UNKNOWN);
|
|
|
|
|
smod_optab = init_optab (MOD);
|
|
|
|
|
umod_optab = init_optab (UMOD);
|
|
|
|
|
flodiv_optab = init_optab (DIV);
|
|
|
|
|
ftrunc_optab = init_optab (UNKNOWN);
|
|
|
|
|
and_optab = init_optab (AND);
|
|
|
|
|
ior_optab = init_optab (IOR);
|
|
|
|
|
xor_optab = init_optab (XOR);
|
|
|
|
|
ashl_optab = init_optab (ASHIFT);
|
|
|
|
|
ashr_optab = init_optab (ASHIFTRT);
|
|
|
|
|
lshr_optab = init_optab (LSHIFTRT);
|
|
|
|
|
rotl_optab = init_optab (ROTATE);
|
|
|
|
|
rotr_optab = init_optab (ROTATERT);
|
|
|
|
|
smin_optab = init_optab (SMIN);
|
|
|
|
|
smax_optab = init_optab (SMAX);
|
|
|
|
|
umin_optab = init_optab (UMIN);
|
|
|
|
|
umax_optab = init_optab (UMAX);
|
|
|
|
|
mov_optab = init_optab (UNKNOWN);
|
|
|
|
|
movstrict_optab = init_optab (UNKNOWN);
|
|
|
|
|
cmp_optab = init_optab (UNKNOWN);
|
|
|
|
|
ucmp_optab = init_optab (UNKNOWN);
|
|
|
|
|
tst_optab = init_optab (UNKNOWN);
|
|
|
|
|
neg_optab = init_optab (NEG);
|
|
|
|
|
abs_optab = init_optab (ABS);
|
|
|
|
|
one_cmpl_optab = init_optab (NOT);
|
|
|
|
|
ffs_optab = init_optab (FFS);
|
|
|
|
|
sqrt_optab = init_optab (SQRT);
|
|
|
|
|
sin_optab = init_optab (UNKNOWN);
|
|
|
|
|
cos_optab = init_optab (UNKNOWN);
|
|
|
|
|
strlen_optab = init_optab (UNKNOWN);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < NUM_MACHINE_MODES; i++)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
movstr_optab[i] = CODE_FOR_nothing;
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
clrstr_optab[i] = CODE_FOR_nothing;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_SECONDARY_RELOADS
|
|
|
|
|
reload_in_optab[i] = reload_out_optab[i] = CODE_FOR_nothing;
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Fill in the optabs with the insns we support. */
|
|
|
|
|
init_all_optabs ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FIXUNS_TRUNC_LIKE_FIX_TRUNC
|
|
|
|
|
/* This flag says the same insns that convert to a signed fixnum
|
|
|
|
|
also convert validly to an unsigned one. */
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < NUM_MACHINE_MODES; i++)
|
|
|
|
|
for (j = 0; j < NUM_MACHINE_MODES; j++)
|
|
|
|
|
fixtrunctab[i][j][1] = fixtrunctab[i][j][0];
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef EXTRA_CC_MODES
|
|
|
|
|
init_mov_optab ();
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Initialize the optabs with the names of the library functions. */
|
|
|
|
|
init_integral_libfuncs (add_optab, "add", '3');
|
|
|
|
|
init_floating_libfuncs (add_optab, "add", '3');
|
|
|
|
|
init_integral_libfuncs (sub_optab, "sub", '3');
|
|
|
|
|
init_floating_libfuncs (sub_optab, "sub", '3');
|
|
|
|
|
init_integral_libfuncs (smul_optab, "mul", '3');
|
|
|
|
|
init_floating_libfuncs (smul_optab, "mul", '3');
|
|
|
|
|
init_integral_libfuncs (sdiv_optab, "div", '3');
|
|
|
|
|
init_integral_libfuncs (udiv_optab, "udiv", '3');
|
|
|
|
|
init_integral_libfuncs (sdivmod_optab, "divmod", '4');
|
|
|
|
|
init_integral_libfuncs (udivmod_optab, "udivmod", '4');
|
|
|
|
|
init_integral_libfuncs (smod_optab, "mod", '3');
|
|
|
|
|
init_integral_libfuncs (umod_optab, "umod", '3');
|
|
|
|
|
init_floating_libfuncs (flodiv_optab, "div", '3');
|
|
|
|
|
init_floating_libfuncs (ftrunc_optab, "ftrunc", '2');
|
|
|
|
|
init_integral_libfuncs (and_optab, "and", '3');
|
|
|
|
|
init_integral_libfuncs (ior_optab, "ior", '3');
|
|
|
|
|
init_integral_libfuncs (xor_optab, "xor", '3');
|
|
|
|
|
init_integral_libfuncs (ashl_optab, "ashl", '3');
|
|
|
|
|
init_integral_libfuncs (ashr_optab, "ashr", '3');
|
|
|
|
|
init_integral_libfuncs (lshr_optab, "lshr", '3');
|
|
|
|
|
init_integral_libfuncs (smin_optab, "min", '3');
|
|
|
|
|
init_floating_libfuncs (smin_optab, "min", '3');
|
|
|
|
|
init_integral_libfuncs (smax_optab, "max", '3');
|
|
|
|
|
init_floating_libfuncs (smax_optab, "max", '3');
|
|
|
|
|
init_integral_libfuncs (umin_optab, "umin", '3');
|
|
|
|
|
init_integral_libfuncs (umax_optab, "umax", '3');
|
|
|
|
|
init_integral_libfuncs (neg_optab, "neg", '2');
|
|
|
|
|
init_floating_libfuncs (neg_optab, "neg", '2');
|
|
|
|
|
init_integral_libfuncs (one_cmpl_optab, "one_cmpl", '2');
|
|
|
|
|
init_integral_libfuncs (ffs_optab, "ffs", '2');
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Comparison libcalls for integers MUST come in pairs, signed/unsigned. */
|
|
|
|
|
init_integral_libfuncs (cmp_optab, "cmp", '2');
|
|
|
|
|
init_integral_libfuncs (ucmp_optab, "ucmp", '2');
|
|
|
|
|
init_floating_libfuncs (cmp_optab, "cmp", '2');
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef MULSI3_LIBCALL
|
|
|
|
|
smul_optab->handlers[(int) SImode].libfunc
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, MULSI3_LIBCALL);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef MULDI3_LIBCALL
|
|
|
|
|
smul_optab->handlers[(int) DImode].libfunc
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, MULDI3_LIBCALL);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DIVSI3_LIBCALL
|
|
|
|
|
sdiv_optab->handlers[(int) SImode].libfunc
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, DIVSI3_LIBCALL);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DIVDI3_LIBCALL
|
|
|
|
|
sdiv_optab->handlers[(int) DImode].libfunc
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, DIVDI3_LIBCALL);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef UDIVSI3_LIBCALL
|
|
|
|
|
udiv_optab->handlers[(int) SImode].libfunc
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, UDIVSI3_LIBCALL);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef UDIVDI3_LIBCALL
|
|
|
|
|
udiv_optab->handlers[(int) DImode].libfunc
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, UDIVDI3_LIBCALL);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef MODSI3_LIBCALL
|
|
|
|
|
smod_optab->handlers[(int) SImode].libfunc
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, MODSI3_LIBCALL);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef MODDI3_LIBCALL
|
|
|
|
|
smod_optab->handlers[(int) DImode].libfunc
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, MODDI3_LIBCALL);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef UMODSI3_LIBCALL
|
|
|
|
|
umod_optab->handlers[(int) SImode].libfunc
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, UMODSI3_LIBCALL);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef UMODDI3_LIBCALL
|
|
|
|
|
umod_optab->handlers[(int) DImode].libfunc
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, UMODDI3_LIBCALL);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Use cabs for DC complex abs, since systems generally have cabs.
|
|
|
|
|
Don't define any libcall for SCmode, so that cabs will be used. */
|
|
|
|
|
abs_optab->handlers[(int) DCmode].libfunc
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "cabs");
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* The ffs function operates on `int'. */
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef INT_TYPE_SIZE
|
|
|
|
|
#define INT_TYPE_SIZE BITS_PER_WORD
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
ffs_optab->handlers[(int) mode_for_size (INT_TYPE_SIZE, MODE_INT, 0)] .libfunc
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "ffs");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
extendsfdf2_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__extendsfdf2");
|
|
|
|
|
extendsfxf2_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__extendsfxf2");
|
|
|
|
|
extendsftf2_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__extendsftf2");
|
|
|
|
|
extenddfxf2_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__extenddfxf2");
|
|
|
|
|
extenddftf2_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__extenddftf2");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
truncdfsf2_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__truncdfsf2");
|
|
|
|
|
truncxfsf2_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__truncxfsf2");
|
|
|
|
|
trunctfsf2_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__trunctfsf2");
|
|
|
|
|
truncxfdf2_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__truncxfdf2");
|
|
|
|
|
trunctfdf2_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__trunctfdf2");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
memcpy_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "memcpy");
|
|
|
|
|
bcopy_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "bcopy");
|
|
|
|
|
memcmp_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "memcmp");
|
|
|
|
|
bcmp_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__gcc_bcmp");
|
|
|
|
|
memset_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "memset");
|
|
|
|
|
bzero_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "bzero");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
throw_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__throw");
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rethrow_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__rethrow");
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
sjthrow_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__sjthrow");
|
|
|
|
|
sjpopnthrow_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__sjpopnthrow");
|
|
|
|
|
terminate_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__terminate");
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
eh_rtime_match_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__eh_rtime_match");
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
#ifndef DONT_USE_BUILTIN_SETJMP
|
|
|
|
|
setjmp_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__builtin_setjmp");
|
|
|
|
|
longjmp_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__builtin_longjmp");
|
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
|
setjmp_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "setjmp");
|
|
|
|
|
longjmp_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "longjmp");
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
eqhf2_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__eqhf2");
|
|
|
|
|
nehf2_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__nehf2");
|
|
|
|
|
gthf2_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__gthf2");
|
|
|
|
|
gehf2_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__gehf2");
|
|
|
|
|
lthf2_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__lthf2");
|
|
|
|
|
lehf2_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__lehf2");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
eqsf2_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__eqsf2");
|
|
|
|
|
nesf2_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__nesf2");
|
|
|
|
|
gtsf2_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__gtsf2");
|
|
|
|
|
gesf2_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__gesf2");
|
|
|
|
|
ltsf2_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__ltsf2");
|
|
|
|
|
lesf2_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__lesf2");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
eqdf2_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__eqdf2");
|
|
|
|
|
nedf2_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__nedf2");
|
|
|
|
|
gtdf2_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__gtdf2");
|
|
|
|
|
gedf2_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__gedf2");
|
|
|
|
|
ltdf2_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__ltdf2");
|
|
|
|
|
ledf2_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__ledf2");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
eqxf2_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__eqxf2");
|
|
|
|
|
nexf2_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__nexf2");
|
|
|
|
|
gtxf2_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__gtxf2");
|
|
|
|
|
gexf2_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__gexf2");
|
|
|
|
|
ltxf2_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__ltxf2");
|
|
|
|
|
lexf2_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__lexf2");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
eqtf2_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__eqtf2");
|
|
|
|
|
netf2_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__netf2");
|
|
|
|
|
gttf2_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__gttf2");
|
|
|
|
|
getf2_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__getf2");
|
|
|
|
|
lttf2_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__lttf2");
|
|
|
|
|
letf2_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__letf2");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
floatsisf_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__floatsisf");
|
|
|
|
|
floatdisf_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__floatdisf");
|
|
|
|
|
floattisf_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__floattisf");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
floatsidf_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__floatsidf");
|
|
|
|
|
floatdidf_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__floatdidf");
|
|
|
|
|
floattidf_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__floattidf");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
floatsixf_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__floatsixf");
|
|
|
|
|
floatdixf_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__floatdixf");
|
|
|
|
|
floattixf_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__floattixf");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
floatsitf_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__floatsitf");
|
|
|
|
|
floatditf_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__floatditf");
|
|
|
|
|
floattitf_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__floattitf");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
fixsfsi_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__fixsfsi");
|
|
|
|
|
fixsfdi_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__fixsfdi");
|
|
|
|
|
fixsfti_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__fixsfti");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
fixdfsi_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__fixdfsi");
|
|
|
|
|
fixdfdi_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__fixdfdi");
|
|
|
|
|
fixdfti_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__fixdfti");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
fixxfsi_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__fixxfsi");
|
|
|
|
|
fixxfdi_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__fixxfdi");
|
|
|
|
|
fixxfti_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__fixxfti");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
fixtfsi_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__fixtfsi");
|
|
|
|
|
fixtfdi_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__fixtfdi");
|
|
|
|
|
fixtfti_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__fixtfti");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
fixunssfsi_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__fixunssfsi");
|
|
|
|
|
fixunssfdi_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__fixunssfdi");
|
|
|
|
|
fixunssfti_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__fixunssfti");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
fixunsdfsi_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__fixunsdfsi");
|
|
|
|
|
fixunsdfdi_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__fixunsdfdi");
|
|
|
|
|
fixunsdfti_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__fixunsdfti");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
fixunsxfsi_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__fixunsxfsi");
|
|
|
|
|
fixunsxfdi_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__fixunsxfdi");
|
|
|
|
|
fixunsxfti_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__fixunsxfti");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
fixunstfsi_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__fixunstfsi");
|
|
|
|
|
fixunstfdi_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__fixunstfdi");
|
|
|
|
|
fixunstfti_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__fixunstfti");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* For check-memory-usage. */
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
chkr_check_addr_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "chkr_check_addr");
|
|
|
|
|
chkr_set_right_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "chkr_set_right");
|
|
|
|
|
chkr_copy_bitmap_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "chkr_copy_bitmap");
|
|
|
|
|
chkr_check_exec_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "chkr_check_exec");
|
|
|
|
|
chkr_check_str_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "chkr_check_str");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* For function entry/exit instrumentation. */
|
|
|
|
|
profile_function_entry_libfunc
|
|
|
|
|
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__cyg_profile_func_enter");
|
|
|
|
|
profile_function_exit_libfunc
|
|
|
|
|
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__cyg_profile_func_exit");
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_conditional_trap
|
|
|
|
|
init_traps ();
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef INIT_TARGET_OPTABS
|
|
|
|
|
/* Allow the target to add more libcalls or rename some, etc. */
|
|
|
|
|
INIT_TARGET_OPTABS;
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef BROKEN_LDEXP
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* SCO 3.2 apparently has a broken ldexp. */
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
double
|
|
|
|
|
ldexp(x,n)
|
|
|
|
|
double x;
|
|
|
|
|
int n;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (n > 0)
|
|
|
|
|
while (n--)
|
|
|
|
|
x *= 2;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return x;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif /* BROKEN_LDEXP */
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_conditional_trap
|
|
|
|
|
/* The insn generating function can not take an rtx_code argument.
|
|
|
|
|
TRAP_RTX is used as an rtx argument. Its code is replaced with
|
|
|
|
|
the code to be used in the trap insn and all other fields are
|
|
|
|
|
ignored.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
??? Will need to change to support garbage collection. */
|
|
|
|
|
static rtx trap_rtx;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
init_traps ()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (HAVE_conditional_trap)
|
|
|
|
|
trap_rtx = gen_rtx_fmt_ee (EQ, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX, NULL_RTX);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Generate insns to trap with code TCODE if OP1 and OP2 satisfy condition
|
|
|
|
|
CODE. Return 0 on failure. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
gen_cond_trap (code, op1, op2, tcode)
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
enum rtx_code code ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx op1, op2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, tcode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (op1);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (mode == VOIDmode)
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_conditional_trap
|
|
|
|
|
if (HAVE_conditional_trap
|
|
|
|
|
&& cmp_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code != CODE_FOR_nothing)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx insn;
|
|
|
|
|
emit_insn (GEN_FCN (cmp_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code) (op1, op2));
|
|
|
|
|
PUT_CODE (trap_rtx, code);
|
|
|
|
|
insn = gen_conditional_trap (trap_rtx, tcode);
|
|
|
|
|
if (insn)
|
|
|
|
|
return insn;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|